powerpc/mpc85xx:Put errata number for T104x NAND boot issue
[J-u-boot.git] / README
CommitLineData
c609719b 1#
eca3aeb3 2# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
c609719b
WD
3# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
eca3aeb3 5# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
c609719b
WD
6#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
24ee89b9 11This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
e86e5a07
WD
12Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
c609719b
WD
16
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
24ee89b9
WD
18the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
c609719b
WD
20support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
24ee89b9 34Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
c609719b
WD
35"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
24ee89b9 37In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
27af930e 38who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
218ca724 39maintainers.
c609719b 40
adb9d851
RD
41Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
c609719b
WD
46
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
24ee89b9
WD
50In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
0c32565f
PT
52<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
c609719b
WD
56
57
218ca724
WD
58Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
11ccc33f 66any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
218ca724
WD
67available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
d4ee711d 70Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
218ca724
WD
71ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
c609719b
WD
74Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
24ee89b9 78- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
c609719b
WD
79- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
11ccc33f 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
24ee89b9 87- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
c609719b 88- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
24ee89b9 89- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
0d28f34b 90- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
24ee89b9
WD
91
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
c609719b
WD
113
114
93f19cc0
WD
115Versioning:
116===========
117
360d883a
TW
118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124
125Examples:
c0f40859 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
360d883a
TW
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
93f19cc0
WD
129
130
c609719b
WD
131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
8d321b81 134/arch Architecture specific files
6eae68e4
MY
135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
6eb0921a 143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
a9046b9e
WD
144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
8d321b81
PT
146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
8d321b81 148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
8d321b81
PT
149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
92bbd64e 170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
6eae68e4 171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
8d321b81 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
afc1ce82
ML
173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
a47a12be 183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
8d321b81
PT
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
8d321b81
PT
189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
33c7731b
RD
205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
8d321b81
PT
208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
33c7731b 214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
8d321b81
PT
215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
33c7731b 224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
8d321b81 225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
c609719b 226
c609719b
WD
227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
6d0f6bcf 242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
c609719b
WD
243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
ab584d67 255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
c609719b
WD
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
ab584d67 260 make TQM823L_defconfig
c609719b 261
11ccc33f 262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
ab584d67 263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
c609719b
WD
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
75b3c3aa
SG
267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
6b1978f8 275See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
75b3c3aa
SG
276
277
c609719b
WD
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
7f6c2cbc
WD
289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
c609719b
WD
294The following options need to be configured:
295
2628114e
KP
296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
297
298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
6ccec449
WD
299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
09ea0de0 301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
c609719b
WD
302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
11ccc33f 321 the LCD display every second with
c609719b
WD
322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
cf946c6d
LW
324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
c609719b 329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
5da627a4
WD
330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
c609719b 332
11ccc33f 333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
66ca92a5
WD
334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
5da627a4
WD
336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
66ca92a5
WD
338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
c609719b 340
66ca92a5 341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
66ca92a5 344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
75d1ea7f
WD
345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
6d0f6bcf 347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
75d1ea7f 348
ba56f625
WD
349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
6d0f6bcf 354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
75d1ea7f 355
506f3918
HS
356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
66412c63 361- 85xx CPU Options:
ffd06e02
YS
362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
66412c63
KG
368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
8f29084a
KG
374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
afa6b551
PK
379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
33eee330
SW
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
74fa22ed
PK
408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
9f074e67
PK
412 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
413 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
414 requred during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
415
33eee330
SW
416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
417
418 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
419 according to the A004510 workaround.
420
64501c66
PJ
421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
423 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
424
765b0bdb
PJ
425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
64501c66
PJ
429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
431 connected to the DSP core.
432
765b0bdb
PJ
433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
434 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
435
b135991a
PJ
436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
437 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
438 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
439 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
440
fb4a2409
AB
441 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
442 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
443 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
444
aade2004
TY
445 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
446 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
447 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
448
6cb461b4 449- Generic CPU options:
2a1680e3
YS
450 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
451 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
452 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
453 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
454 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
455
6cb461b4
DS
456 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
457
458 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
459 values is arch specific.
460
5614e71b
YS
461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
462 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
463 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
464 SoCs.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
467 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
470 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
471 deskew training are not available.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
474 Freescale DDR1 controller.
475
476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
477 Freescale DDR2 controller.
478
479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
480 Freescale DDR3 controller.
481
34e026f9
YS
482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
483 Freescale DDR4 controller.
484
9ac4ffbd
YS
485 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
486 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
487
5614e71b
YS
488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
489 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
490 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
491 implemetation.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
494 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
495 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
496 implementation.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
499 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
34e026f9
YS
500 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
503 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR3L controllers.
505
506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
507 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
508 DDR4 controllers.
5614e71b 509
1b4175d6
PK
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
511 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
512
513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
514 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
515
690e4258
PK
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
517 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
521 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
522 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
523 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
524
89ad7be8
PK
525 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
526 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
527 concatenated with u-boot binary.
528
4e5b1bd0
YS
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
530 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
533 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
534
6b9e309a
YS
535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
536 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
537 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
538 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
539
6b1e1254
YS
540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
541 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
542 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
543 SoCs with ARM core.
544
1d71efbb
YS
545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
546 Number of controllers used as main memory.
547
548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
549 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
550
028dbb8d
RG
551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
552 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
553
554 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
555 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
556
0b953ffc 557- Intel Monahans options:
6d0f6bcf 558 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
0b953ffc
MK
559
560 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
561 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
562 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
563
6d0f6bcf 564 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
cf48eb9a 565
0b953ffc
MK
566 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
567 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
cf48eb9a 568 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
0b953ffc 569 by this value.
cf48eb9a 570
92bbd64e
DS
571- MIPS CPU options:
572 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
573
574 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
575 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
576 relocation.
577
578 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
579
580 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
581 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
582 Possible values are:
583 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
584 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
585 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
586 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
587 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
588 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
589 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
590 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
593
594 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
595 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
596
597 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
598
599 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
600 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
601 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
602
b67d8816
CR
603- ARM options:
604 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
605
606 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
607 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
608
5356f545
A
609 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
610
611 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
612 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
613 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
614 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
615 GCC.
616
c5d4752c 617 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
0678587f
SW
618 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
619 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
620 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
f71cbfe3 621 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
b7588e3b 622 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
0678587f
SW
623
624 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
625 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
626 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
627 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
628 set these options unless they apply!
629
38687ae6
SG
630- Driver Model
631 Driver model is a new framework for devices in U-Boot
632 introduced in early 2014. U-Boot is being progressively
633 moved over to this. It offers a consistent device structure,
634 supports grouping devices into classes and has built-in
635 handling of platform data and device tree.
636
637 To enable transition to driver model in a relatively
638 painful fashion, each subsystem can be independently
639 switched between the legacy/ad-hoc approach and the new
640 driver model using the options below. Also, many uclass
641 interfaces include compatibility features which may be
642 removed once the conversion of that subsystem is complete.
643 As a result, the API provided by the subsystem may in fact
644 not change with driver model.
645
646 See doc/driver-model/README.txt for more information.
647
648 CONFIG_DM
649
650 Enable driver model. This brings in the core support,
651 including scanning of platform data on start-up. If
652 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is enabled, the device tree will be
653 scanned also when available.
654
655 CONFIG_CMD_DM
656
657 Enable driver model test commands. These allow you to print
658 out the driver model tree and the uclasses.
659
660 CONFIG_DM_DEMO
661
662 Enable some demo devices and the 'demo' command. These are
663 really only useful for playing around while trying to
664 understand driver model in sandbox.
665
666 CONFIG_SPL_DM
667
668 Enable driver model in SPL. You will need to provide a
669 suitable malloc() implementation. If you are not using the
670 full malloc() enabled by CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START,
671 consider using CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE. In that case you
672 must provide CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN to set the size.
673 In most cases driver model will only allocate a few uclasses
674 and devices in SPL, so 1KB should be enable. See
675 CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for more details on how to enable
676 it.
677
678 CONFIG_DM_SERIAL
679
680 Enable driver model for serial. This replaces
681 drivers/serial/serial.c with the serial uclass, which
682 implements serial_putc() etc. The uclass interface is
683 defined in include/serial.h.
684
685 CONFIG_DM_GPIO
686
687 Enable driver model for GPIO access. The standard GPIO
688 interface (gpio_get_value(), etc.) is then implemented by
689 the GPIO uclass. Drivers provide methods to query the
690 particular GPIOs that they provide. The uclass interface
691 is defined in include/asm-generic/gpio.h.
692
693 CONFIG_DM_SPI
694
695 Enable driver model for SPI. The SPI slave interface
696 (spi_setup_slave(), spi_xfer(), etc.) is then implemented by
697 the SPI uclass. Drivers provide methods to access the SPI
698 buses that they control. The uclass interface is defined in
699 include/spi.h. The existing spi_slave structure is attached
700 as 'parent data' to every slave on each bus. Slaves
701 typically use driver-private data instead of extending the
702 spi_slave structure.
703
704 CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH
705
706 Enable driver model for SPI flash. This SPI flash interface
707 (spi_flash_probe(), spi_flash_write(), etc.) is then
708 implemented by the SPI flash uclass. There is one standard
709 SPI flash driver which knows how to probe most chips
710 supported by U-Boot. The uclass interface is defined in
711 include/spi_flash.h, but is currently fully compatible
712 with the old interface to avoid confusion and duplication
713 during the transition parent. SPI and SPI flash must be
714 enabled together (it is not possible to use driver model
715 for one and not the other).
716
717 CONFIG_DM_CROS_EC
718
719 Enable driver model for the Chrome OS EC interface. This
720 allows the cros_ec SPI driver to operate with CONFIG_DM_SPI
721 but otherwise makes few changes. Since cros_ec also supports
722 I2C and LPC (which don't support driver model yet), a full
723 conversion is not yet possible.
724
725
726 ** Code size options: The following options are enabled by
727 default except in SPL. Enable them explicitly to get these
728 features in SPL.
729
730 CONFIG_DM_WARN
731
732 Enable the dm_warn() function. This can use up quite a bit
733 of space for its strings.
734
735 CONFIG_DM_STDIO
736
737 Enable registering a serial device with the stdio library.
738
739 CONFIG_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE
740
741 Enable removing of devices.
742
743
5da627a4 744- Linux Kernel Interface:
c609719b
WD
745 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
746
747 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
748 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
749 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
750 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
751 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
752 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
753 Linux kernel.
c609719b 754 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
218ca724 755 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
c609719b
WD
756 default environment.
757
5da627a4
WD
758 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
759
11ccc33f 760 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
5da627a4
WD
761 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
762 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
763
fec6d9ee 764 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
f57f70aa
WD
765
766 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
213bf8c8
GVB
767 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
768 concepts).
769
770 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
771 * New libfdt-based support
772 * Adds the "fdt" command
3bb342fc 773 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
213bf8c8 774
b55ae402
MZ
775 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
776 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
777 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
778 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
f57f70aa 779 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
c2871f03 780 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
f57f70aa 781
11ccc33f
MZ
782 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
783 addresses
3bb342fc 784
4e253137
KG
785 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
786
787 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
788 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
f57f70aa 789
c654b517
SG
790 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
791
792 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
793 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
794 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
795 the kernel.
796
0267768e
MM
797 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
798
11ccc33f 799 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
0267768e
MM
800 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
801
3887c3fb
HS
802 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
803
804 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
805 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
806 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
807 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
808 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
809 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
810
7eb29398
IG
811 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
812
813 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
814 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
815 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
816 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
817 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
818 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
819 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
820
0b2f4eca
NG
821- vxWorks boot parameters:
822
823 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
824 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
825 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
826
827 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
828 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
829 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
830 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
831
832 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
833
834 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
835
836 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
837 the defaults discussed just above.
838
2c451f78
A
839- Cache Configuration:
840 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
841 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
842 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
843
93bc2193
A
844- Cache Configuration for ARM:
845 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
846 controller
847 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
848 controller register space
849
6705d81e 850- Serial Ports:
48d0192f 851 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
852
853 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
854
48d0192f 855 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
6705d81e
WD
856
857 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
858
859 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
860
861 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
862 the clock speed of the UARTs.
863
864 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
865
866 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
867 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
868 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
869
910f1ae3
JR
870 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
871
872 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
873 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
874 this variable to initialize the extra register.
875
876 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
877
878 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
879 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
880 variable to flush the UART at init time.
881
d57dee57
KM
882 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
883
884 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
885 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
6705d81e 886
c609719b 887- Console Interface:
43d9616c
WD
888 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
889 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
890 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
891 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
c609719b
WD
892
893 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
894 port routines must be defined elsewhere
895 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
896
897 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
898 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
c53043b7 899 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
c609719b
WD
900 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
901 (default big endian)
902 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
903 rectangle fill
904 (cf. smiLynxEM)
905 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
906 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
907 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
908 (cols=pitch)
ba56f625
WD
909 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
910 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
c609719b
WD
911 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
912 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
ba56f625 913 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
c609719b
WD
914 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
915 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
916 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
917 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
918 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
919 (i.e. i8042_getc)
920 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
921 (requires blink timer
922 cf. i8042.c)
6d0f6bcf 923 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
c609719b
WD
924 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
925 upper right corner
602ad3b3 926 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
c609719b
WD
927 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
928 upper left corner
a6c7ad2f
WD
929 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
930 linux_logo.h for logo.
931 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
c609719b 932 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
11ccc33f 933 additional board info beside
c609719b
WD
934 the logo
935
33a35bbb
T
936 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
937 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
938 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
939
43d9616c
WD
940 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
941 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
942 environment 'console=serial'.
c609719b 943
d4ca31c4
WD
944 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
945 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
946 the "silent" environment variable. See
947 doc/README.silent for more information.
a3ad8e26 948
45ae2546
HS
949 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
950 is 0x00.
951 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
952 is 0xa0.
953
c609719b
WD
954- Console Baudrate:
955 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
956 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
957 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
958 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
c609719b 959
c92fac91
HS
960- Console Rx buffer length
961 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
962 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
2b3f12c2 963 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
c92fac91
HS
964 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
965 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
966 the SMC.
967
9558b48a 968- Pre-Console Buffer:
4cf2609b
WD
969 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
970 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
971 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
972 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
973 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
974 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
975 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
6feff899 976 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
4cf2609b
WD
977 earlier bytes are discarded.
978
979 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
980 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
9558b48a 981
046a37bd
SR
982- Safe printf() functions
983 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
984 the printf() functions. These are defined in
985 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
986 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
987 If this option is not given then these functions will
988 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
989 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
990
c609719b
WD
991- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
992 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
993 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
93d7212f
JH
994 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
995 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
c609719b
WD
996
997 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
998 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
999 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
1000 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
1001 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
1002 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
1003 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
1004 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
1005 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
1006 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
1007 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
1008 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
1009
1010- Autoboot Command:
1011 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
1012 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
1013 define a command string that is automatically executed
1014 when no character is read on the console interface
1015 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
1016
1017 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
43d9616c
WD
1018 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
1019 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
1020 environment value "bootargs".
c609719b
WD
1021
1022 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
43d9616c
WD
1023 The value of these goes into the environment as
1024 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1025 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
11ccc33f 1026 RAM and NFS.
c609719b 1027
eda0ba38
HS
1028- Bootcount:
1029 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1030 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1031 cycle, see:
1032 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1033
1034 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1035 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1036 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1037 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1038 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1039 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1040 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1041 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1042 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1043
c609719b
WD
1044- Pre-Boot Commands:
1045 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1046
1047 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1048 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1049 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1050 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1051 entering interactive mode.
1052
1053 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1054 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1055 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1056 modified when the user holds down a certain
1057 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1058 booting the systems
1059
1060- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1061 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1062 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1063 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1064 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1065 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1066 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1067 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1068
602ad3b3 1069- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
c609719b
WD
1070 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1071 Select one of the baudrates listed in
6d0f6bcf 1072 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
c609719b
WD
1073
1074- Monitor Functions:
602ad3b3
JL
1075 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1076 from the build by using the #include files
c6c621bd
SW
1077 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1078 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
602ad3b3
JL
1079 and augmenting with additional #define's
1080 for wanted commands.
1081
1082 The default command configuration includes all commands
1083 except those marked below with a "*".
1084
b401b73d 1085 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
602ad3b3 1086 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1087 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1088 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1089 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1090 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1091 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
d2b2ffe3 1092 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
602ad3b3 1093 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
08d0d6f3 1094 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
602ad3b3 1095 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
710b9938 1096 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
602ad3b3
JL
1097 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1098 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1099 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
a7c93104
PT
1100 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1101 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1102 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1103 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
602ad3b3
JL
1104 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1105 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
246c6922 1106 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
602ad3b3
JL
1107 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1108 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
5e2b3e0c 1109 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
fffad71b 1110 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
88733e2c 1111 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
0c79cda0 1112 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
03e2ecf6
SW
1113 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1114 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
16f4d933
SW
1115 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1116 that work for multiple fs types
59e890ef 1117 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
bdab39d3 1118 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
602ad3b3 1119 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
03e2ecf6 1120 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
602ad3b3
JL
1121 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1122 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
4d98b5c8 1123 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
53fdc7ef 1124 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
a641b979 1125 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
a000b795 1126 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
bf36c5d5 1127 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
602ad3b3
JL
1128 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1129 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1130 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1131 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
8fdf1e0f 1132 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1133 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
602ad3b3 1134 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
aa53233a 1135 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
0c79cda0 1136 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
c167cc02 1137 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
602ad3b3
JL
1138 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1139 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1140 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1141 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
4d98b5c8 1142 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
d22c338e
JH
1143 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1144 (169.254.*.*)
602ad3b3
JL
1145 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1146 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
4d98b5c8 1147 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
02c9aa1d 1148 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
15a33e49 1149 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
602ad3b3 1150 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
a2681707 1151 loop, loopw
4d98b5c8 1152 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
602ad3b3
JL
1153 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1154 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1155 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
68d7d651 1156 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
602ad3b3
JL
1157 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1158 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
4d98b5c8 1159 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
e92739d3 1160 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
c0f40859 1161 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
602ad3b3
JL
1162 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1163 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1164 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1165 host
1166 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
ff048ea9 1167 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
602ad3b3
JL
1168 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1169 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
d304931f 1170 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
602ad3b3
JL
1171 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1172 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1173 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1174 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1175 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1176 (4xx only)
f61ec45e 1177 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
4d98b5c8 1178 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
02c9aa1d 1179 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
7d861d95 1180 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
74de7aef 1181 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
602ad3b3 1182 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
7a83af07 1183 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1fb7cd49 1184 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
da83bcd7
JH
1185 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1186 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
602ad3b3 1187 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
602ad3b3 1188 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
c8339f51 1189 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
4d98b5c8 1190 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
89c8230d 1191 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
c609719b
WD
1192
1193 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1194 support you can write:
1195
602ad3b3
JL
1196 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1197 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
c609719b 1198
213bf8c8
GVB
1199 Other Commands:
1200 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
c609719b
WD
1201
1202 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
602ad3b3 1203 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
43d9616c
WD
1204 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1205 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1206 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1207 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1208 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1209 initial stack and some data.
c609719b
WD
1210
1211
1212 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1213
a5ecbe62
WD
1214- Regular expression support:
1215 CONFIG_REGEX
93e14596
WD
1216 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1217 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1218 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1219 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
a5ecbe62 1220
45ba8077
SG
1221- Device tree:
1222 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1223 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1224 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1225 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1226 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1227 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1228
2c0f79e4
SG
1229 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1230 be done using one of the two options below:
bbb0b128
SG
1231
1232 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1233 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1234 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1235 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1236 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1237 the global data structure as gd->blob.
45ba8077 1238
2c0f79e4
SG
1239 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1240 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1241 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1242 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1243
1244 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1245
1246 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1247 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1248 still use the individual files if you need something more
1249 exotic.
1250
c609719b
WD
1251- Watchdog:
1252 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1253 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
6abe6fb6
DZ
1254 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1255 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1256 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1257 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1258 available, then no further board specific code should
1259 be needed to use it.
1260
1261 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1262 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1263 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1264 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
c609719b 1265
c1551ea8
SR
1266- U-Boot Version:
1267 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1268 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1269 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1270 version as printed by the "version" command.
a1ea8e51
BT
1271 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1272 next reset.
c1551ea8 1273
c609719b
WD
1274- Real-Time Clock:
1275
602ad3b3 1276 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
c609719b
WD
1277 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1278 following options:
1279
1280 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1281 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
4e8b7544 1282 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
c609719b 1283 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1cb8e980 1284 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
c609719b 1285 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
7f70e853 1286 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
412921d2 1287 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
3bac3513 1288 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
9536dfcc 1289 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
4c0d4c3b 1290 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
6d0f6bcf 1291 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
71d19f30
HS
1292 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1293 RV3029 RTC.
c609719b 1294
b37c7e5e
WD
1295 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1296 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1297
e92739d3
PT
1298- GPIO Support:
1299 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
e92739d3 1300
5dec49ca
CP
1301 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1302 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1303 pins supported by a particular chip.
1304
e92739d3
PT
1305 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1306 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1307
aa53233a
SG
1308- I/O tracing:
1309 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1310 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1311 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1312 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1313 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1314 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1315 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1316 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1317
1318 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1319 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1320 still continue to operate.
1321
1322 iotrace is enabled
1323 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1324 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1325 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1326 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1327 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1328 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1329
c609719b
WD
1330- Timestamp Support:
1331
43d9616c
WD
1332 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1333 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1334 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
602ad3b3 1335 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
c609719b 1336
923c46f9
KP
1337- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1338 Zero or more of the following:
1339 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1340 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1341 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1342 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1343 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1344 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1345 disk/part_efi.c
1346 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
c609719b 1347
218ca724
WD
1348 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1349 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
923c46f9 1350 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
c609719b
WD
1351
1352- IDE Reset method:
4d13cbad
WD
1353 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1354 board configurations files but used nowhere!
c609719b 1355
4d13cbad
WD
1356 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1357 be performed by calling the function
1358 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1359 which has to be defined in a board specific file
c609719b
WD
1360
1361- ATAPI Support:
1362 CONFIG_ATAPI
1363
1364 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1365
c40b2956
WD
1366- LBA48 Support
1367 CONFIG_LBA48
1368
1369 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
4b142feb 1370 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
c40b2956
WD
1371 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1372 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1373
6d0f6bcf 1374 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
c40b2956
WD
1375 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1376 Default is 32bit.
1377
c609719b
WD
1378- SCSI Support:
1379 At the moment only there is only support for the
1380 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1381 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1382
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1383 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1384 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1385 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
c609719b
WD
1386 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1387 devices.
6d0f6bcf 1388 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
c609719b 1389
93e14596
WD
1390 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1391 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
447c031b 1392
c609719b 1393- NETWORK Support (PCI):
682011ff 1394 CONFIG_E1000
ce5207e1
KM
1395 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1396
1397 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1398 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1399 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1400 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1401
1402 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1403 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1404 example with the "sspi" command.
1405
1406 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1407 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1408 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
53cf9435 1409
ac3315c2 1410 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
11ccc33f 1411 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
ac3315c2 1412
c609719b
WD
1413 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1414 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
11ccc33f 1415 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
c609719b
WD
1416 write routine for first time initialisation.
1417
1418 CONFIG_TULIP
1419 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1420 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1421 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1422
1423 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1424 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1425
1426 CONFIG_NS8382X
1427 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1428
45219c46
WD
1429- NETWORK Support (other):
1430
c041e9d2
JS
1431 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1432 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1433
1434 CONFIG_RMII
1435 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1436
1437 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1438 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1439 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1440
efdd7319
RH
1441 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1442 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1443
3bb46d23 1444 CONFIG_LAN91C96
45219c46
WD
1445 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1446
1447 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1448 Define this to hold the physical address
1449 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1450
1451 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1452 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1453
3bb46d23 1454 CONFIG_SMC91111
f39748ae
WD
1455 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1456
1457 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1458 Define this to hold the physical address
1459 of the device (I/O space)
1460
1461 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1462 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1463
1464 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1465 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1466 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1467
dc02bada
HS
1468 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1469 Support for davinci emac
1470
1471 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1472 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1473
b3dbf4a5
ML
1474 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1475 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1476
1477 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1478 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1479 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1480 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1481 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1482 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1483 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1484 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1485
c2fff331 1486 CONFIG_SMC911X
557b377d
JG
1487 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1488
c2fff331 1489 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
557b377d
JG
1490 Define this to hold the physical address
1491 of the device (I/O space)
1492
c2fff331 1493 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
557b377d
JG
1494 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1495
c2fff331 1496 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
557b377d
JG
1497 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1498 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
c2fff331 1499 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
557b377d 1500
3d0075fa
YS
1501 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1502 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1503
1504 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1505 Define the number of ports to be used
1506
1507 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1508 Define the ETH PHY's address
1509
68260aab
YS
1510 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1511 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1512
b2f97cf2
HS
1513- PWM Support:
1514 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1515 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1516
5e124724 1517- TPM Support:
90899cc0
CC
1518 CONFIG_TPM
1519 Support TPM devices.
1520
1b393db5
TWHT
1521 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1522 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1523 per system is supported at this time.
1524
1525 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1526 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1527
1528 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1529 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1530
1531 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1532 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1533
c01939c7
DE
1534 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1535 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1536
90899cc0 1537 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
5e124724
VB
1538 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1539 per system is supported at this time.
1540
1541 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1542 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1543 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1544 0xfed40000.
1545
be6c1529
RP
1546 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1547 Add tpm monitor functions.
1548 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1549 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1550
1551 CONFIG_TPM
1552 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1553 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1554 Requires support for a TPM device.
1555
1556 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1557 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1558 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1559
c609719b
WD
1560- USB Support:
1561 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
4d13cbad 1562 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
c609719b
WD
1563 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1564 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
30d56fae 1565 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
c609719b
WD
1566 storage devices.
1567 Note:
1568 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1569 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
4d13cbad
WD
1570 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1571 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1572 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
307ecb6d
EM
1573 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1574 for USB on PSC3
4d13cbad
WD
1575 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1576 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1577 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
307ecb6d
EM
1578 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1579 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
6d0f6bcf 1580 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
fdcfaa1b
ZW
1581 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1582 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
4d13cbad 1583
9ab4ce22
SG
1584 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1585 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1586
6e9e0626
OT
1587 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1588 HW module registers.
1589
16c8d5e7
WD
1590- USB Device:
1591 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1592 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1593 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
11ccc33f 1594 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
16c8d5e7
WD
1595 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1596 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
386eda02 1597 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
16c8d5e7
WD
1598 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1599 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1600 a Linux host by
1601 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1602 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1603 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1604 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
386eda02 1605
16c8d5e7
WD
1606 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1607 Define this to build a UDC device
1608
1609 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1610 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1611 talk to the UDC device
386eda02 1612
f9da0f89
VK
1613 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1614 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1615 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1616 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1617 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1618 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1619 speed.
1620
6d0f6bcf 1621 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
16c8d5e7
WD
1622 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1623 be set to usbtty.
1624
1625 mpc8xx:
6d0f6bcf 1626 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1627 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
6d0f6bcf 1628 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
386eda02 1629
6d0f6bcf 1630 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
16c8d5e7 1631 Derive USB clock from brgclk
6d0f6bcf 1632 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
16c8d5e7 1633
386eda02 1634 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
16c8d5e7 1635 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
386eda02 1636 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
16c8d5e7
WD
1637 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1638 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1639 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1640
1641 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1642 Define this string as the name of your company for
1643 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
386eda02 1644
16c8d5e7
WD
1645 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1646 Define this string as the name of your product
1647 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1648
1649 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1650 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1651 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1652 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1653 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
386eda02 1654
16c8d5e7
WD
1655 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1656 Define this as the unique Product ID
1657 for your device
1658 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
4d13cbad 1659
d70a560f
IG
1660- ULPI Layer Support:
1661 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1662 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1663 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1664 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1665 viewport is supported.
1666 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1667 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
6d365ea0
LS
1668 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1669 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1670 the appropriate value in Hz.
c609719b 1671
71f95118 1672- MMC Support:
8bde7f77
WD
1673 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1674 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1675 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
71f95118 1676 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
602ad3b3
JL
1677 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1678 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
71f95118 1679
afb35666
YS
1680 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1681 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1682
1683 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1684 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1685
1686 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1687 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1688
1fd93c6e
PA
1689 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1690 Enable the generic MMC driver
1691
1692 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1693 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1694
1695 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1696 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1697 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1698
b3ba6e94
TR
1699- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1700 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1701 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1702
1703 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1704 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1705 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1706 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1707 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1708
1709 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1710 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1711
c6631764
PA
1712 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1713 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1714
a9479f04
AM
1715 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1716 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1717 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1718 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1719 one that would help mostly the developer.
1720
e7e75c70
HS
1721 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1722 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1723 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1724 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1725 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1726
ea2453d5
PA
1727 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1728 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1729 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1730 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1731 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1732 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1733
001a8319
HS
1734 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1735 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1736 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1737 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1738
1739 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1740 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1741 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1742 sending again an USB request to the device.
1743
3aab70af
SS
1744- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1745 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1746 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1747 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1748 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1749 used on Android devices.
1750 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1751
1752 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1753 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1754 image format header.
1755
1756 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1757 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1758 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1759 downloaded images.
1760
1761 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1762 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1763 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1764 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
d1b5ed07
SR
1765
1766 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1767 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1768 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1769 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1770
1771 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1772 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1773 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1774 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
3aab70af 1775
6705d81e
WD
1776- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1777 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1778 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1779 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1780
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
1781 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1782 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
6705d81e
WD
1783 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1784
6d0f6bcf 1785 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
6705d81e
WD
1786 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1787 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1788
1789 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
6d0f6bcf 1790 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
6705d81e
WD
1791 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1792 have not defined a custom partition
1793
c30a15e5
DK
1794- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1795 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
656f4c65
DK
1796
1797 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1798 file in FAT formatted partition.
1799
1800 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1801 user to write files to FAT.
c30a15e5 1802
84cd9327
GB
1803CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1804 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1805
1806 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1807 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1808 and cbfsload.
1809
4f0d1a2a
SDPP
1810- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1811 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1812
1813 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1814 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1815
c609719b
WD
1816- Keyboard Support:
1817 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1818
1819 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1820 support
1821
1822 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1823 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1824 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1825 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1826 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1827
713cb680
HT
1828 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1829 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1830 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1831 which provides key scans on request.
1832
c609719b
WD
1833- Video support:
1834 CONFIG_VIDEO
1835
1836 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1837 video).
1838
1839 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1840
1841 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1842
1843 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
b79a11cc 1844 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
eeb1b77b
WD
1845 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1846 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1847 assumed.
1848
b79a11cc 1849 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
11ccc33f 1850 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
eeb1b77b
WD
1851 are possible:
1852 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
6e592385 1853 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
eeb1b77b
WD
1854
1855 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1856 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1857 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1858 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1859 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1860 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1861 -------------+---------------------------------------------
c609719b
WD
1862 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1863
b79a11cc 1864 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
7817cb20 1865 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
eeb1b77b
WD
1866
1867
c1551ea8 1868 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
43d9616c 1869 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
a6c7ad2f
WD
1870 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1871 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1872
7d3053fb 1873 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
04e5ae79 1874 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
7d3053fb
TT
1875 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1876 support, and should also define these other macros:
1877
1878 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1879 CONFIG_VIDEO
1880 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1881 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1882 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1883 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1884 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1885 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1886
ba8e76bd
TT
1887 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1888 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1889 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1890 description of this variable.
7d3053fb 1891
058d59b0
SG
1892 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1893
1894 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1895 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1896 driver.
1897
1898
682011ff 1899- Keyboard Support:
8bde7f77 1900 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
682011ff 1901
8bde7f77
WD
1902 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1903 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1904 defined in your board-specific files.
1905 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
a6c7ad2f 1906
c609719b
WD
1907- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1908
1909 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1910 display); also select one of the supported displays
1911 by defining one of these:
1912
39cf4804
SP
1913 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1914
1915 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1916
fd3103bb 1917 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
c609719b 1918
fd3103bb 1919 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
c609719b 1920
fd3103bb 1921 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
c609719b 1922
fd3103bb
WD
1923 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1924 Active, color, single scan.
1925
1926 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1927
1928 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
c609719b
WD
1929 Active, color, single scan.
1930
1931 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1932
1933 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1934 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1935
1936 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1937
1938 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1939 Active, color, single scan.
1940
1941 CONFIG_HLD1045
1942
1943 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1944 Active, color, single scan.
1945
1946 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1947
1948 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1949 or
1950 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1951 or
1952 Hitachi SP14Q002
1953
1954 320x240. Black & white.
1955
1956 Normally display is black on white background; define
6d0f6bcf 1957 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
c609719b 1958
676d319e
SG
1959 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1960
1961 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1962 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1963 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1964 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1965 a per-section basis.
1966
0d89efef
SG
1967 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1968
1969 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1970 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1971 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1972 is slow.
676d319e 1973
45d7f525
TWHT
1974 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1975
1976 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1977
735987c5
TWHT
1978 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1979
1980 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1981 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1982
7152b1d0 1983- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
d791b1dc 1984
8bde7f77
WD
1985 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1986 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1987 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
e94d2cd9 1988 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
8bde7f77
WD
1989 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1990 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1991 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1992 loaded very quickly after power-on.
d791b1dc 1993
c0880485
NK
1994 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1995
1996 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1997 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1551df35 1998 (see README.displaying-bmps).
c0880485
NK
1999 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
2000 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2001 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2002 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2003 there is no need to set this option.
2004
1ca298ce
MW
2005 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2006
2007 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2008 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2009 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2010 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2011 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2012 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2013
2014 Example:
2015 setenv splashpos m,m
2016 => image at center of screen
2017
2018 setenv splashpos 30,20
2019 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2020
2021 setenv splashpos -10,m
2022 => vertically centered image
2023 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2024
98f4a3df
SR
2025- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2026
2027 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2028 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2029 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2030
d5011762
AG
2031- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2032
2033 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2034 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2035 bmp command.
2036
f2b96dfb
LW
2037- Do compresssing for memory range:
2038 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2039
2040 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2041 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2042
c29fdfc1 2043- Compression support:
8ef70478
KC
2044 CONFIG_GZIP
2045
2046 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2047
c29fdfc1
WD
2048 CONFIG_BZIP2
2049
2050 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2051 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2052 compressed images are supported.
2053
42d1f039 2054 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
6d0f6bcf 2055 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
42d1f039 2056 be at least 4MB.
d791b1dc 2057
fc9c1727
LCM
2058 CONFIG_LZMA
2059
2060 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2061 images is included.
2062
2063 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2064 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2065 formula:
2066
2067 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2068
2069 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2070 and Literal pos bits.
2071
2072 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2073 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2074 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2075 a very small buffer.
2076
2077 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2078 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
6d0f6bcf 2079 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
fc9c1727 2080
8ef70478
KC
2081 CONFIG_LZO
2082
2083 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2084 is included.
2085
17ea1177
WD
2086- MII/PHY support:
2087 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2088
2089 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2090
2091 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2092
2093 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2094
2095 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2096
2097 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
11ccc33f 2098 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
17ea1177
WD
2099
2100 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2101
2102 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2103 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2104 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2105 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2106
2107 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2108
2109 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2110 command issued before MII status register can be read
2111
c609719b
WD
2112- Ethernet address:
2113 CONFIG_ETHADDR
c68a05fe 2114 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
c609719b
WD
2115 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
2116 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
c68a05fe 2117 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
2118 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
c609719b 2119
11ccc33f
MZ
2120 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
2121 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
c609719b
WD
2122 is not determined automatically.
2123
2124- IP address:
2125 CONFIG_IPADDR
2126
2127 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
11ccc33f 2128 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
c609719b 2129 determined through e.g. bootp.
1ebcd654 2130 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
c609719b
WD
2131
2132- Server IP address:
2133 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2134
11ccc33f 2135 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
c609719b 2136 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1ebcd654 2137 (Environment variable "serverip")
c609719b 2138
97cfe861
RG
2139 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2140
2141 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2142 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2143
1ebcd654
WD
2144- Gateway IP address:
2145 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2146
2147 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2148 default router where packets to other networks are
2149 sent to.
2150 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2151
2152- Subnet mask:
2153 CONFIG_NETMASK
2154
2155 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2156 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2157 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2158 forwarded through a router.
2159 (Environment variable "netmask")
2160
53a5c424
DU
2161- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2162 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2163
2164 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2165 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
11ccc33f 2166 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
53a5c424
DU
2167 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2168 multicast group.
2169
c609719b
WD
2170- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2171 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2172
2173 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2174 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2175 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2176 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2177 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2178 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2179 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2180 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
6c33c785 2181 following delays are inserted then:
c609719b
WD
2182
2183 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2184 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2185 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2186 4th and following
2187 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2188
92ac8acc
TR
2189 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2190
2191 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2192 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2193 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2194 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2195 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2196 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2197 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2198 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2199 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2200 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2201 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2202 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2203 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2204 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2205 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2206
fe389a82 2207- DHCP Advanced Options:
1fe80d79
JL
2208 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2209 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
2210
2211 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2212 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2213 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2214 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2215 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2216 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2217 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2218 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2219 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2220 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2221 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2222 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
2c00e099 2223 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
fe389a82 2224
5d110f0a
WC
2225 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2226 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
fe389a82 2227
2c00e099
JH
2228 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2229 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2230 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2231 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2232 is not available.
2233
fe389a82
SR
2234 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2235 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2236 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2237 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2238 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2239 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2240 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1fe80d79 2241 is defined.
fe389a82
SR
2242
2243 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2244 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2245 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
5d110f0a 2246 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1fe80d79
JL
2247 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2248 option 12 to the DHCP server.
fe389a82 2249
d9a2f416
AV
2250 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2251
2252 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2253 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2254 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2255 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2256 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2257 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2258 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2259 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2260 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2261 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2262 this delay.
2263
d22c338e
JH
2264 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2265 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2266 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2267 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2268 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2269
2270 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2271
a3d991bd 2272 - CDP Options:
6e592385 2273 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
a3d991bd
WD
2274
2275 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2276
2277 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2278
2279 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2280 of the device.
2281
2282 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2283
2284 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2285 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
11ccc33f 2286 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
a3d991bd
WD
2287
2288 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2289
2290 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2291 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2292
2293 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2294
2295 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2296
2297 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2298
2299 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2300
2301 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2302
2303 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2304
2305 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2306
2307 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2308 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2309
2310 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2311
2312 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2313
c609719b
WD
2314- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2315
2316 Several configurations allow to display the current
2317 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2318 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2319 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2320 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2321 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2322 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2323 feature in U-Boot.
2324
1df7bbba
IG
2325 Additional options:
2326
2327 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2328 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2329 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2330 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2331 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2332
9dfdcdfe
IG
2333 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2334 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2335 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2336 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2337 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2338 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2339
c609719b
WD
2340- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2341
2342 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2343 on those systems that support this (optional)
2344 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2345
3f4978c7
HS
2346- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2347
2348 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2349 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2350 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2351 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2352 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2353 interface.
2354
2355 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
ea818dbb
HS
2356 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2357 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2358 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2359 for defining speed and slave address
2360 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2361 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2362 for defining speed and slave address
2363 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2364 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2365 for defining speed and slave address
2366 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2367 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2368 for defining speed and slave address
3f4978c7 2369
00f792e0
HS
2370 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2371 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2372 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2373 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2375 bus.
93e14596 2376 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
00f792e0
HS
2377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2378 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2379 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2380 second bus.
2381
1f2ba722 2382 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
10cee516
NI
2383 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2384 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2385 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1f2ba722 2386
880540de
DE
2387 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2388 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2391
fac96408 2392 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2393 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2394 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2395 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2396 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2397 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2398 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2399 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2400 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2401 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2402
1086bfa9
NI
2403 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2404 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2405 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2406
2407 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2408 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2409 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2415 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2416
2035d77d
NI
2417 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2418 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2419 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2420
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2424 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2433 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2434
6789e84e
HS
2435 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2436 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2439 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2446 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2447
0bdffe71
HS
2448 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2449 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2450 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2451 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2452
e717fc6d
NKC
2453 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2454 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2455 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2456 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2457 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2458
b46226bd
DE
2459 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2460 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2461 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2462 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2463 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2464 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2465 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2466 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2467 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2468 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2469 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2470 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2471 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2472 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2473
3f4978c7
HS
2474 additional defines:
2475
2476 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2477 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2478 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2479 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2480 omit this define.
2481
2482 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2483 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2484 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2485 omit this define.
2486
2487 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2488 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2489 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2490 define.
2491
2492 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2493 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2494 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2495 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2496 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2497
2498 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2499 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2500 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2501 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2502 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2503 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2504 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2505 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2506 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2507 }
2508
2509 which defines
2510 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2511 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2512 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2513 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2514 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2515 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
3f4978c7 2516 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
ea818dbb
HS
2517 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2518 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
3f4978c7
HS
2519
2520 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2521
ea818dbb 2522- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
3f4978c7
HS
2523
2524 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2525 provides the following compelling advantages:
2526
2527 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2528 - approved multibus support
2529 - better i2c mux support
2530
2531 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2532
ea818dbb
HS
2533 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2534 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2535 for the selected CPU.
c609719b 2536
945af8d7 2537 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
602ad3b3 2538 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
b37c7e5e
WD
2539 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2540 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
43d9616c 2541 command line interface.
c609719b 2542
bb99ad6d 2543 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
b37c7e5e 2544
945af8d7 2545 There are several other quantities that must also be
ea818dbb 2546 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2547
6d0f6bcf 2548 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
945af8d7 2549 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
6d0f6bcf 2550 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
11ccc33f 2551 the CPU's i2c node address).
945af8d7 2552
8d321b81 2553 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
a47a12be 2554 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
8d321b81
PT
2555 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2556 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2557 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
c609719b 2558
5da71efa
EM
2559 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2560
2561 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2562 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2563 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2564 commands until the slave device responds.
2565
945af8d7 2566 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
c609719b 2567
ea818dbb 2568 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
b37c7e5e
WD
2569 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2570 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
c609719b
WD
2571
2572 I2C_INIT
2573
b37c7e5e 2574 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
43d9616c 2575 controller or configure ports.
c609719b 2576
ba56f625 2577 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
b37c7e5e 2578
c609719b
WD
2579 I2C_PORT
2580
43d9616c
WD
2581 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2582 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2583 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
c609719b
WD
2584
2585 I2C_ACTIVE
2586
2587 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2588 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2589 define can be null.
2590
b37c7e5e
WD
2591 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2592
c609719b
WD
2593 I2C_TRISTATE
2594
2595 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2596 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2597 define can be null.
2598
b37c7e5e
WD
2599 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2600
c609719b
WD
2601 I2C_READ
2602
472d5460
YS
2603 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2604 false if it is low.
c609719b 2605
b37c7e5e
WD
2606 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2607
c609719b
WD
2608 I2C_SDA(bit)
2609
472d5460
YS
2610 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2611 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2612
b37c7e5e 2613 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2535d602 2614 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
ba56f625 2615 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
b37c7e5e 2616
c609719b
WD
2617 I2C_SCL(bit)
2618
472d5460
YS
2619 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2620 is false, it clears it (low).
c609719b 2621
b37c7e5e 2622 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2535d602 2623 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
ba56f625 2624 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
b37c7e5e 2625
c609719b
WD
2626 I2C_DELAY
2627
2628 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2629 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
b37c7e5e 2630 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
945af8d7
WD
2631 like:
2632
b37c7e5e 2633 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
c609719b 2634
793b5726
MF
2635 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2636
2637 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2638 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2639 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2640 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2641
2642 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2643 the generic GPIO functions.
2644
6d0f6bcf 2645 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
47cd00fa 2646
8bde7f77
WD
2647 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2648 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2649 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2650 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2651 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2652 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2653 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2654 is run early in the boot sequence.
47cd00fa 2655
26a33504
RR
2656 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2657
2658 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2659 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2660 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2661 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2662 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2663 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2664 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2665 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2666
17ea1177
WD
2667 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2668
2669 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2670 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2671 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2672
bb99ad6d
BW
2673 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2674
2675 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
c0f40859
WD
2676 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2677 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
bb99ad6d
BW
2678 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2679
6d0f6bcf 2680 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
bb99ad6d
BW
2681
2682 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
c0f40859 2683 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
0f89c54b
PT
2684 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2685 a 1D array of device addresses
bb99ad6d
BW
2686
2687 e.g.
2688 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
c0f40859 2689 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
bb99ad6d
BW
2690
2691 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2692
c0f40859 2693 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
6d0f6bcf 2694 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
bb99ad6d
BW
2695
2696 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2697
6d0f6bcf 2698 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
be5e6181
TT
2699
2700 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2701 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2702
6d0f6bcf 2703 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2704
2705 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2706 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2707
6d0f6bcf 2708 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
0dc018ec
SR
2709
2710 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2711 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2712
6d0f6bcf 2713 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
9ebbb54f
VG
2714
2715 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2716 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2717 specified DTT device.
2718
2ac6985a
AD
2719 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2720
2721 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2722 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2723 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2724 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2725 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2726 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2727 the other.
be5e6181 2728
c609719b
WD
2729- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2730
2731 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2732 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2733 D/As on the SACSng board)
2734
6639562e
YS
2735 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2736
2737 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2738 only SH7757 is supported.
2739
c609719b
WD
2740 CONFIG_SPI_X
2741
2742 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2743 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2744
2745 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2746
43d9616c
WD
2747 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2748 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2749 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2750 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2751 defined, the board configuration must define several
2752 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2753 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
c609719b 2754
04a9e118
BW
2755 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2756
2757 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2758 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2759 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
c0f40859 2760 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
04a9e118
BW
2761 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2762
38254f45
GL
2763 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2764
2765 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2e3cd1cd 2766 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
38254f45 2767
f659b573
HS
2768 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2769 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2770 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2771
0133502e 2772- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
c609719b 2773
0133502e
MF
2774 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2775
2776 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2777
2778 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2779 (ALTERA, XILINX)
c609719b 2780
0133502e 2781 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
c609719b 2782
0133502e
MF
2783 Enables support for FPGA family.
2784 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2785
2786 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2787
2788 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
c609719b 2789
64e809af
SDPP
2790 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2791
2792 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2793
67193864
MS
2794 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2795
2796 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2797
2798 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2799
2800 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2801 (Xilinx only)
2802
6d0f6bcf 2803 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
c609719b 2804
8bde7f77 2805 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
c609719b 2806
6d0f6bcf 2807 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
c609719b 2808
43d9616c
WD
2809 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2810 status by the configuration function. This option
2811 will require a board or device specific function to
2812 be written.
c609719b
WD
2813
2814 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2815
2816 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2817 configuration driver.
2818
6d0f6bcf 2819 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
c609719b
WD
2820 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2821
6d0f6bcf 2822 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
c609719b 2823
43d9616c
WD
2824 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2825 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2826 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2827 indicated a CRC error).
c609719b 2828
6d0f6bcf 2829 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
c609719b 2830
43d9616c
WD
2831 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2832 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2833 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
11ccc33f 2834 ms.
c609719b 2835
6d0f6bcf 2836 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
c609719b 2837
43d9616c 2838 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
11ccc33f 2839 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
c609719b 2840
6d0f6bcf 2841 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
c609719b 2842
43d9616c 2843 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
11ccc33f 2844 200 ms.
c609719b
WD
2845
2846- Configuration Management:
b2b8a696
SR
2847 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2848
2849 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2850 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2851 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2852 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2853 make / MAKEALL.
2854
c609719b
WD
2855 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2856
43d9616c
WD
2857 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2858 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
c609719b
WD
2859
2860- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2861
43d9616c
WD
2862 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2863 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
7152b1d0 2864 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
43d9616c
WD
2865 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2866 protects these variables from casual modification by
2867 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2868 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
11ccc33f 2869 change this behaviour:
c609719b
WD
2870
2871 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2872 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
47cd00fa 2873 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
c609719b
WD
2874 these parameters.
2875
2876 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2877 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
11ccc33f 2878 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
c609719b
WD
2879 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2880 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2881 read-only.]
2882
2598090b
JH
2883 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2884 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2885 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2886 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2887
c609719b
WD
2888- Protected RAM:
2889 CONFIG_PRAM
2890
2891 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2892 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2893 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2894 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2895 this default value by defining an environment
2896 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2897 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2898 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2899 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2900 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2901 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2902 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2903
fe126d8b 2904 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
c609719b
WD
2905 saveenv
2906
2907 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2908 either, which results in a memory region that will
2909 not be affected by reboots.
2910
2911 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2912 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2913 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2914 following board configurations are known to be
2915 "pRAM-clean":
2916
1b0757ec
WD
2917 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2918 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
544d97e9 2919 FLAGADM, TQM8260
c609719b 2920
40fef049
GB
2921- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2922 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2923 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2924 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2925 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2926 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2927 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2928
c609719b
WD
2929- Error Recovery:
2930 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2931
2932 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2933 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2934 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
11ccc33f 2935 system where you want the system to reboot
c609719b
WD
2936 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2937 useful during development since you can try to debug
2938 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2939
2940 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2941
43d9616c
WD
2942 This variable defines the number of retries for
2943 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2944 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2945 default value of 5 is used.
c609719b 2946
40cb90ee
GL
2947 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2948
2949 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2950
48a3e999
TK
2951 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2952
2953 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2954 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2955 try longer timeout such as
2956 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2957
c609719b 2958- Command Interpreter:
8078f1a5 2959 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
04a85b3b
WD
2960
2961 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2962
6d0f6bcf 2963 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
c609719b
WD
2964
2965 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2966 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2967 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2968
2969 Note:
2970
8bde7f77
WD
2971 In the current implementation, the local variables
2972 space and global environment variables space are
2973 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2974 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2975 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2976 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2977 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
c609719b 2978
43d9616c
WD
2979 Global environment variables are those you use
2980 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2981 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2982 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
c609719b
WD
2983
2984 To store commands and special characters in a
2985 variable, please use double quotation marks
2986 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2987 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2988 symbols.
2989
aa0c71ac
WD
2990- Commandline Editing and History:
2991 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2992
11ccc33f 2993 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
b9365a26 2994 commandline input operations
aa0c71ac 2995
a8c7c708 2996- Default Environment:
c609719b
WD
2997 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2998
43d9616c
WD
2999 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
3000 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
7152b1d0 3001 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2262cfee 3002
43d9616c
WD
3003 For example, place something like this in your
3004 board's config file:
c609719b
WD
3005
3006 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
3007 "myvar1=value1\0" \
3008 "myvar2=value2\0"
3009
43d9616c
WD
3010 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3011 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3012 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3013 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
7152b1d0 3014 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
c609719b
WD
3015 You better know what you are doing here.
3016
43d9616c
WD
3017 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3018 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
74de7aef 3019 the environment like the "source" command or the
43d9616c 3020 boot command first.
c609719b 3021
5e724ca2
SW
3022 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3023
3024 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3025 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3026 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3027
3028 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3029
3030 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3031 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3032 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3033 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3034 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3035
7e27f89f
TR
3036 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3037
3038 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3039 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3040 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3041
06fd8538
SG
3042 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3043
3044 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
3045 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
3046 that so that the environment is not available until
3047 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3048 this is instead controlled by the value of
3049 /config/load-environment.
3050
a8c7c708 3051- DataFlash Support:
2abbe075
WD
3052 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3053
8bde7f77
WD
3054 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3055 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3056 commands cp, md...
2abbe075 3057
f61ec45e
EN
3058- Serial Flash support
3059 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3060
3061 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3062 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3063
3064 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3065 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3066 commands.
3067
3068 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3069 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3070 flash is present on the system.
3071
3072 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3073 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3074 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3075 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3076
24007273
SG
3077 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3078
3079 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3080 test ('sf test').
3081
1dcd6d03
JT
3082 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3083
3084 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3085 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3086
b902e07c
JT
3087 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3088
3089 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3090 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
3091 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
3092
562f8df1
HS
3093 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
3094 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
3095 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
3096 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
3097 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
3098 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
3099 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
3100 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
3101 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
3102 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
3103
3f85ce27
WD
3104- SystemACE Support:
3105 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3106
3107 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3108 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
11ccc33f 3109 of the chip must also be defined in the
6d0f6bcf 3110 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
3f85ce27
WD
3111
3112 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
6d0f6bcf 3113 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
3f85ce27
WD
3114
3115 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3116 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3117
ecb0ccd9
WD
3118- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3119 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3120
28cb9375 3121 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
ecb0ccd9 3122 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
28cb9375 3123 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
ecb0ccd9
WD
3124 number generator is used.
3125
28cb9375
WD
3126 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3127 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3128 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3129
3130 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
ecb0ccd9
WD
3131 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3132 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3133 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3134 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3135 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3136 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3137
bf36c5d5
SG
3138- Hashing support:
3139 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3140
3141 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3142 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3143
3144 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3145
3146 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3147 size a little.
3148
3149 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3150 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3151
3152 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3153 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3154
a11f1873
RW
3155- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3156 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3157 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3158 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3159
3160 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3161 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3162 a boot from specific media.
3163
3164 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3165 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3166 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3167 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3168 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3169
19c402af
SG
3170- Signing support:
3171 CONFIG_RSA
3172
3173 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
8bf2aad7 3174 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
19c402af
SG
3175
3176 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3177 option.
3178
9e50c406
HS
3179- bootcount support:
3180 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3181
3182 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3183 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3184
3185 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3186 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3187 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3188 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3189 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3190 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3191 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3192 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3193 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3194 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3195 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3196 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3197 the bootcounter.
3198 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
19c402af 3199
a8c7c708 3200- Show boot progress:
c609719b
WD
3201 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3202
43d9616c
WD
3203 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3204 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3205 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3206 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3207 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3208 the following checkpoints are implemented:
c609719b 3209
3a608ca0
SG
3210- Detailed boot stage timing
3211 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3212 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3213 of the boot process.
3214
3215 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3216 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3217 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3218 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3219 the limit, recording will stop.
3220
3221 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3222 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3223
3224 Timer summary in microseconds:
3225 Mark Elapsed Stage
3226 0 0 reset
3227 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3228 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3229 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3230 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3231 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3232 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3233 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3234
2eba38cf
SG
3235 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3236 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3237 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3238
94fd1316
SG
3239 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3240 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3241 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3242 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3243 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3244 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3245 For example:
3246
3247 bootstage {
3248 154 {
3249 name = "board_init_f";
3250 mark = <3575678>;
3251 };
3252 170 {
3253 name = "lcd";
3254 accum = <33482>;
3255 };
3256 };
3257
3258 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3259
1372cce2
MB
3260Legacy uImage format:
3261
c609719b
WD
3262 Arg Where When
3263 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
ba56f625 3264 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
c609719b 3265 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
ba56f625 3266 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
c609719b 3267 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
ba56f625 3268 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
c609719b
WD
3269 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3270 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3271 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
1372cce2 3272 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
c609719b
WD
3273 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3274 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3275 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3276 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
1372cce2 3277 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
c609719b 3278 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
1372cce2
MB
3279
3280 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3281 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3282 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3283 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3284 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3285 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3286 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
11ccc33f 3287 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
1372cce2
MB
3288 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3289 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3290
c0f40859 3291 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
c609719b 3292
a47a12be 3293 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
11dadd54
WD
3294 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3295 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
63e73c9a 3296
566a494f
HS
3297 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3298 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3299 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3300 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3301 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3302 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3303 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3304 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3305 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3306 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3307 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3308 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3309 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3310 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3311 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3312 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3313 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3314 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3315 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3316 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3317 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3318 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3319 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3320 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3321 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3322 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3323 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3324 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3325 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3326 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3327 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3328 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3329 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3330 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3331 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3332 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3333 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3334 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3335 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3336 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3337 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3338 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3339 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3340 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3341 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3342 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3343 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3344
3345 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3346
11ccc33f 3347 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
566a494f
HS
3348 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3349 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3350
3351 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3352 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
11ccc33f 3353 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
566a494f
HS
3354 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3355 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3356 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
74de7aef
WD
3357 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3358 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
566a494f 3359 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
c609719b 3360
1372cce2
MB
3361FIT uImage format:
3362
3363 Arg Where When
3364 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3365 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3366 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3367 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3368 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3369 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
f773bea8 3370 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
1372cce2
MB
3371 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3372 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3373 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3374 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3375 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
11ccc33f
MZ
3376 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3377 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
1372cce2
MB
3378 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3379 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3380 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3381 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3382 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3383 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3384 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3385 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3386
3387 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3388 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3389 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
11ccc33f 3390 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
1372cce2
MB
3391 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3392 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3393 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3394 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3395 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3396 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3397 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3398 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3399 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3400 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3401 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3402 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3403
11ccc33f 3404 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3405 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3406
11ccc33f 3407 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3408 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3409
11ccc33f 3410 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
1372cce2
MB
3411 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3412
21d29f7f
HS
3413- legacy image format:
3414 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3415 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3416
3417 Default:
3418 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3419
3420 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3421 disable the legacy image format
3422
3423 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3424 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3425
d95f6ec7
GB
3426- FIT image support:
3427 CONFIG_FIT
3428 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3429
3430 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3431 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3432 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3433 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3434 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3435 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3436
3e569a6b
SG
3437 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3438 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3439 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3440 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3441
21d29f7f
HS
3442 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3443 signature check the legacy image format is default
3444 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3445 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3446
9a4f479b
DE
3447 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3448 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3449 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3450 with this option.
3451
4cf2609b
WD
3452- Standalone program support:
3453 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3454
6feff899
WD
3455 This option defines a board specific value for the
3456 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3457 overwriting the architecture dependent default
4cf2609b
WD
3458 settings.
3459
3460- Frame Buffer Address:
3461 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3462
3463 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
44a53b57
WD
3464 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3465 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3466 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3467 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3468 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3469 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3470 configured panel size.
4cf2609b
WD
3471
3472 Please see board_init_f function.
3473
cccfc2ab
DZ
3474- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3475 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3476 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3477 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3478
3479 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3480 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3481
3482- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3483 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3484
3485 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3486 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3487
3488 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3489
3490 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3491 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3492
ff94bc40
HS
3493 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3494 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3495
70c219cd
JH
3496- UBI support
3497 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3498
3499 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3500 with the UBI flash translation layer
3501
3502 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3503
147162da
JH
3504 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3505
3506 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3507 warnings and errors enabled.
3508
ff94bc40
HS
3509
3510 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3511 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3512 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3513 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3514 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3515 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3516
3517 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3518 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3519 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3520 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3521 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3522
3523 default: 4096
c654b517 3524
ff94bc40
HS
3525 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3526 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3527 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3528 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3529 flash), this value is ignored.
3530
3531 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3532 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3533 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3534 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3535 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3536 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3537
3538 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3539 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3540 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3541 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3542 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3543 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3544 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3545 partition.
3546
3547 default: 20
3548
3549 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3550 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3551 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3552 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3553 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3554 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3555 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3556 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3557 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3558 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3559 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3560 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3561
3562 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3563 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3564 without a fastmap.
3565 default: 0
3566
70c219cd
JH
3567- UBIFS support
3568 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3569
3570 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3571 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3572
3573 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3574
147162da
JH
3575 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3576
3577 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3578 warnings and errors enabled.
3579
6a11cf48 3580- SPL framework
04e5ae79
WD
3581 CONFIG_SPL
3582 Enable building of SPL globally.
6a11cf48 3583
95579793
TR
3584 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3585 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3586
6ebc3461
AA
3587 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3588 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3589 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3590 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3591 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3592 must not be both defined at the same time.
3593
95579793 3594 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3595 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3596 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3597 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3598 not exceed it.
95579793 3599
04e5ae79
WD
3600 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3601 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
6a11cf48 3602
94a45bb1
SW
3603 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3604 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3605 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3606
95579793
TR
3607 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3608 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3609
3610 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461
AA
3611 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3612 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3613 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
8960af8b 3614 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
6ebc3461 3615 must not be both defined at the same time.
95579793
TR
3616
3617 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3618 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3619
94a45bb1
SW
3620 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3621 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3622 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3623 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3624
95579793
TR
3625 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3626 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3627
3628 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3629 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
6a11cf48 3630
47f7bcae
TR
3631 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3632 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3633 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3634 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3635
9607faf2
TR
3636 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3637 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3638 See also: doc/README.falcon
3639
861a86f4
TR
3640 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3641 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3642 about the running system.
3643
4b919725
SW
3644 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3645 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3646
04e5ae79
WD
3647 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3648 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3649
04e5ae79
WD
3650 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3651 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3652
04e5ae79
WD
3653 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3654 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3655
04e5ae79
WD
3656 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3657 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3658
04e5ae79
WD
3659 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3660 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3661
95579793
TR
3662 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3663 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
fae81c72 3664 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
95579793
TR
3665 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3666 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3667
2b75b0ad
PK
3668 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3669 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3670 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3671
3672 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3673 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3674 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3675 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3676 (for falcon mode)
3677
95579793
TR
3678 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3679 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3680
fae81c72
GG
3681 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3682 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
95579793 3683
fae81c72
GG
3684 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3685 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3686
3687 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
7ad2cc79 3688 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
fae81c72 3689 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3690
fae81c72 3691 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
7ad2cc79 3692 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
fae81c72 3693 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
7ad2cc79 3694
06f60ae3
SW
3695 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3696 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3697 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3698 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3699 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3700
651fcf60
PK
3701 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3702 Avoid SPL relocation
3703
6f2f01b9
SW
3704 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3705 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3706 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3707
3708 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3709 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3710
3711 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3712 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3713
95579793 3714 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
7d4b7955
SW
3715 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3716 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
95579793 3717
6dd3b566
TR
3718 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3719 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3720 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3721
0c3117b1
HS
3722 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3723 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3724 if you need to save space.
3725
bb0dc108
YZ
3726 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3727 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
5614e71b 3728 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
bb0dc108 3729
7c8eea59
YZ
3730 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3731 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3732 SPL binary.
3733
95579793
TR
3734 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3735 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3736 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3737 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3738 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3739 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
7d4b7955 3740 to read U-Boot
95579793 3741
fbe76ae4
PK
3742 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3743 Add support NAND boot
3744
95579793 3745 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
7d4b7955
SW
3746 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3747
3748 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3749 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3750
3751 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3752 Size of image to load
95579793
TR
3753
3754 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
7d4b7955 3755 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
95579793
TR
3756
3757 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3758 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3759 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3760
3761 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3762 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3763 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3764
04e5ae79
WD
3765 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3766 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3767
04e5ae79
WD
3768 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3769 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3770
04e5ae79
WD
3771 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3772 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
c57b953d
PM
3773
3774 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3775 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
6a11cf48 3776
04e5ae79
WD
3777 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3778 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
1372cce2 3779
ba1bee43
YZ
3780 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3781 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3782
3783 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3784 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3785 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3786 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3787
74752baa 3788 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
6113d3f2
BT
3789 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3790 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3791 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3792 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3793 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
74752baa 3794
ca2fca22
SW
3795 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3796 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3797 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3798 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3799
87ebee39
SG
3800 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3801 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3802 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3803 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3804 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3805
3aa29de0
YZ
3806- TPL framework
3807 CONFIG_TPL
3808 Enable building of TPL globally.
3809
3810 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3811 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3812 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
93e14596
WD
3813 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3814 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3815 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3aa29de0 3816
c609719b
WD
3817Modem Support:
3818--------------
3819
566e5cf4 3820[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
c609719b 3821
11ccc33f 3822- Modem support enable:
c609719b
WD
3823 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3824
3825- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3826 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3827
3828- Modem debug support:
3829 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3830
43d9616c
WD
3831 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3832 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
c609719b 3833
a8c7c708
WD
3834- Interrupt support (PPC):
3835
d4ca31c4
WD
3836 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3837 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
11ccc33f 3838 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
d4ca31c4 3839 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
11ccc33f 3840 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
d4ca31c4 3841 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
11ccc33f 3842 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
d4ca31c4
WD
3843 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3844 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3845 general timer_interrupt().
a8c7c708 3846
c609719b
WD
3847- General:
3848
43d9616c
WD
3849 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3850 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3851 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
11ccc33f 3852 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
43d9616c
WD
3853 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3854 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3855 initialization.
c609719b 3856
43d9616c
WD
3857 If there are no modem init strings in the
3858 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3859 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
11ccc33f 3860 suppressed, though.
c609719b
WD
3861
3862 See also: doc/README.Modem
3863
9660e442
HR
3864Board initialization settings:
3865------------------------------
3866
3867During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3868to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3869before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3870following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3871architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3872typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3873
3874- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3875- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3876- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3877- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
c609719b 3878
c609719b
WD
3879Configuration Settings:
3880-----------------------
3881
4d1fd7f1
YS
3882- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3883 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3884
6d0f6bcf 3885- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
c609719b
WD
3886 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3887
2fb2604d
PT
3888- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3889 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3890
6d0f6bcf 3891- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
c609719b
WD
3892 prompt for user input.
3893
6d0f6bcf 3894- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
c609719b 3895
6d0f6bcf 3896- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
c609719b 3897
6d0f6bcf 3898- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
c609719b 3899
6d0f6bcf 3900- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
c609719b
WD
3901 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3902 booted
3903
6d0f6bcf 3904- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
c609719b
WD
3905 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3906
6d0f6bcf 3907- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
8bde7f77 3908 Suppress display of console information at boot.
c609719b 3909
6d0f6bcf 3910- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
8bde7f77
WD
3911 If the board specific function
3912 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3913 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
c609719b
WD
3914 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3915
6d0f6bcf 3916- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
8bde7f77 3917 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
c609719b 3918
6d0f6bcf 3919- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
c609719b
WD
3920 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3921
6d0f6bcf 3922- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
c609719b
WD
3923 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3924 simple memory test.
3925
6d0f6bcf 3926- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
8bde7f77 3927 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
c609719b 3928
6d0f6bcf 3929- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
5f535fe1
WD
3930 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3931 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3932
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
3933- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3934 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
14f73ca6 3935 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
11ccc33f 3936 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
14f73ca6
SR
3937 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3938 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3939 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
5e12e75d 3940 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
14f73ca6 3941 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
5e12e75d 3942 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
14f73ca6
SR
3943
3944 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3945 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3946 be touched.
3947
3948 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3949 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3950 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3951 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3952 problems.
3953
6d0f6bcf 3954- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
c609719b
WD
3955 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3956
6d0f6bcf 3957- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3958 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3959
6d0f6bcf 3960- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3961 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3962 Cogent motherboard)
3963
6d0f6bcf 3964- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3965 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3966
6d0f6bcf 3967- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
c609719b
WD
3968 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3969 make config files to be same as the text base address
14d0a02a 3970 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
6d0f6bcf 3971 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
c609719b 3972
6d0f6bcf 3973- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
8bde7f77
WD
3974 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3975 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3976 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3977 flash sector.
c609719b 3978
6d0f6bcf 3979- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
c609719b
WD
3980 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3981
d59476b6
SG
3982- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3983 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3984 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3985 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3986 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3987 space.
3988
3989 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3990 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3991 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3992 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3993 U-Boot relocates itself.
3994
e7b14e9a 3995 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
29afe9e6
SG
3996 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3997
38687ae6
SG
3998- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3999 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
4000 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
4001 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
4002
6d0f6bcf 4003- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
15940c9a
SR
4004 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
4005 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
6d0f6bcf 4006 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
15940c9a
SR
4007 to adjust this setting to your needs.
4008
6d0f6bcf 4009- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
c609719b
WD
4010 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
4011 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
7d721e34
BS
4012 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
4013 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
1bce2aeb 4014 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
7d721e34 4015 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
c0f40859 4016 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
c3624e6e
GL
4017 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
4018 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4019 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
c609719b 4020
fca43cc8
JR
4021- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4022 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4023 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4024 is enabled.
4025
4026- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4027 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4028 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4029
4030- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4031 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4032 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4033
6d0f6bcf 4034- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
c609719b
WD
4035 Max number of Flash memory banks
4036
6d0f6bcf 4037- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
c609719b
WD
4038 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4039
6d0f6bcf 4040- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4041 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4042
6d0f6bcf 4043- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
c609719b
WD
4044 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4045
6d0f6bcf 4046- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4047 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4048
6d0f6bcf 4049- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
8564acf9
WD
4050 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4051
6d0f6bcf 4052- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
8564acf9
WD
4053 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4054 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4055
6d0f6bcf 4056- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
c609719b
WD
4057
4058 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4059 without this option such a download has to be
4060 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4061 copy from RAM to flash.
4062
4063 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4064 you can check if the download worked before you erase
11ccc33f
MZ
4065 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4066 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
c609719b
WD
4067 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4068
6d0f6bcf 4069- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
43d9616c 4070 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
5653fc33
WD
4071 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4072
00b1883a 4073- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
5653fc33
WD
4074 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4075 in the drivers directory
c609719b 4076
91809ed5
PZ
4077- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4078 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4079 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4080 to the MTD layer.
4081
6d0f6bcf 4082- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
96ef831f
GL
4083 Use buffered writes to flash.
4084
4085- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4086 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4087 write commands.
4088
6d0f6bcf 4089- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
5568e613
SR
4090 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4091 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4092 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4093 optionally available.
4094
9a042e9c
JVB
4095- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4096 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4097 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4098 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4099
352ef3f1
SR
4100- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4101 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4102 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4103 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4104 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4105 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4106 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4107 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4108
6d0f6bcf 4109- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
11ccc33f
MZ
4110 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4111 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
53cf9435
SR
4112 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4113 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
11ccc33f 4114 on high Ethernet traffic.
53cf9435
SR
4115 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4116
ea882baf
WD
4117- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4118
071bc923
WD
4119 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4120 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4121 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4122 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4123 lib/hashtable.c for details.
ea882baf 4124
2598090b
JH
4125- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4126- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
1bce2aeb 4127 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
2598090b
JH
4128 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4129 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4130 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4131
4132 The format of the list is:
4133 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
267541f7
JH
4134 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
4135 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
2598090b
JH
4136 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4137 list = entry[,list]
4138
4139 The type attributes are:
4140 s - String (default)
4141 d - Decimal
4142 x - Hexadecimal
4143 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4144 i - IP address
4145 m - MAC address
4146
267541f7
JH
4147 The access attributes are:
4148 a - Any (default)
4149 r - Read-only
4150 o - Write-once
4151 c - Change-default
4152
2598090b
JH
4153 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4154 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4155 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4156
4157 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4158 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4159 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4160 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4161 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4162 ".flags" variable.
4163
267541f7
JH
4164- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4165 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4166 access flags.
4167
5c1a7ea6
SG
4168- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4169 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4170 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4171 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4172 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4173 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4174 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4175 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4176 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4177
0b1b60c7
LV
4178- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4179 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4180 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4181 the value can be calulated on a given board.
632efa74 4182
0d296cc2
GB
4183- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4184 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4185 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4186 building U-Boot to enable this.
4187
c609719b
WD
4188The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4189of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4190following configurations:
4191
c3eb3fe4
MF
4192- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4193
4194 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4195 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4196
5a1aceb0 4197- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
c609719b
WD
4198
4199 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4200
4201 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4202 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4203 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4204 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4205 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4206 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4207 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4208 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4209 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4210 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4211 between U-Boot and the environment.
4212
0e8d1586 4213 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4214
4215 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4216 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4217 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4218 for this sector is given here.
4219
6d0f6bcf 4220 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
c609719b 4221
0e8d1586 4222 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4223
4224 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4225 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
0e8d1586 4226 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
c609719b 4227
0e8d1586 4228 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4229
4230 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4231
4232
4233 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4234 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4235 the environment.
4236
0e8d1586 4237 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4238
5a1aceb0 4239 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
0e8d1586 4240 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
c609719b
WD
4241 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4242 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4243
4244 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4245 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4246 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4247 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4248 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4249 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4250 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4251 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4252 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4253
0e8d1586
JCPV
4254 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4255 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
c609719b 4256
43d9616c 4257 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
11ccc33f 4258 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3e38691e 4259 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
43d9616c 4260 a "saveenv" operation.
c609719b
WD
4261
4262BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4263source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4264accordingly!
4265
4266
9314cee6 4267- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
c609719b
WD
4268
4269 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4270 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4271 environment.
4272
0e8d1586
JCPV
4273 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4274 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b 4275
11ccc33f 4276 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
c609719b
WD
4277 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4278 can just be read and written to, without any special
4279 provision.
4280
4281BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4282in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
11ccc33f 4283console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
c609719b
WD
4284U-Boot will hang.
4285
4286Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4287environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4288keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4289to save the current settings.
4290
4291
bb1f8b4f 4292- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
c609719b
WD
4293
4294 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4295 device and a driver for it.
4296
0e8d1586
JCPV
4297 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4298 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4299
4300 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4301 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4302
6d0f6bcf 4303 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
c609719b
WD
4304 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4305 The default address is zero.
4306
6d0f6bcf 4307 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
c609719b
WD
4308 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4309 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4310 would require six bits.
4311
6d0f6bcf 4312 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
c609719b 4313 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
ba56f625 4314 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
c609719b 4315
6d0f6bcf 4316 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
c609719b
WD
4317 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4318 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4319
6d0f6bcf 4320 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
5cf91d6b
WD
4321 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4322 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4323 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4324 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4325 byte chips.
4326
4327 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4328 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4329 in the chip address.
4330
6d0f6bcf 4331 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4332 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4333
548738b4
HS
4334 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4335 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4336 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4337
4338 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4339 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4340 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4341 EEPROM. For example:
4342
ea818dbb 4343 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
548738b4
HS
4344
4345 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4346 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
c609719b 4347
057c849c 4348- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
5779d8d9 4349
d4ca31c4 4350 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
5779d8d9
WD
4351 want to use for the environment.
4352
0e8d1586
JCPV
4353 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4354 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4355 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
5779d8d9
WD
4356
4357 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4358 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4359 at the specified address.
4360
bd83b592
WJ
4361- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4362
4363 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4364 want to use for the environment.
4365
4366 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4367 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4368
4369 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4370 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4371 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4372
4373 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4374
4375 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4376
4377 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4378
4379 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4380 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4381 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4382 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4383 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4384
4385 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4386 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4387
4388 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4389
4390 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4391
4392 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4393
4394 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4395
4396 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4397
0a85a9e7
LG
4398- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4399
4400 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4401 want to use for the local device's environment.
4402
4403 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4404 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4405
4406 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4407 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4408 local device can get the environment from remote memory
fc54c7fa 4409 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
0a85a9e7
LG
4410
4411BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4412"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
fc54c7fa
LG
4413environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4414but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
0a85a9e7 4415
51bfee19 4416- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
13a5695b
WD
4417
4418 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4419 for the environment.
4420
0e8d1586
JCPV
4421 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4422 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
13a5695b
WD
4423
4424 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
fdd813de
SW
4425 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4426 aligned to an erase block boundary.
5779d8d9 4427
fdd813de 4428 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
e443c944 4429
0e8d1586 4430 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
fdd813de
SW
4431 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4432 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
c0f40859 4433 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
fdd813de
SW
4434 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4435
4436 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4437
4438 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4439 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4440 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4441 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4442 the range to be avoided.
4443
4444 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4445
4446 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4447 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4448 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4449 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4450 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
e443c944 4451
b74ab737
GL
4452- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4453
4454 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4455 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4456 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4457
2b74433f
JH
4458- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4459
4460 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4461 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4462 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4463
4464 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4465
4466 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4467
4468 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4469
4470 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4471 environment in.
4472
785881f7
JH
4473 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4474
4475 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4476 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4477 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4478
2b74433f
JH
4479 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4480 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4481
4482 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4483 when storing the env in UBI.
4484
d1db76f1
WJ
4485- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4486 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4487
4488 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4489
4490 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4491
4492 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4493
4494 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4495 be as following:
4496
4497 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4498 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4499 partition table.
4500 - "D:0": device D.
4501 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4502 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4503 table.
4504 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4505 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4506 partition table then means device D.
4507
4508 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4509
4510 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4511 envrionment.
4512
4513 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4514 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4515
06e4ae5f
SW
4516- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4517
4518 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4519 environment.
4520
4521 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4522
4523 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4524
4525 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4526
4527 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4528 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4529 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4530
4531 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4532 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4533
4534 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4535 area within the specified MMC device.
4536
5c088ee8
SW
4537 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4538 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4539 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4540 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4541 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4542 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4543 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4544
06e4ae5f
SW
4545 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4546 MMC sector boundary.
4547
4548 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4549
4550 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4551 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4552 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4553 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4554
5c088ee8
SW
4555 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4556 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4557
06e4ae5f
SW
4558 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4559 an MMC sector boundary.
4560
4561 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4562
4563 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4564 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4565 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4566
6d0f6bcf 4567- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
c609719b
WD
4568
4569 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4570 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4571 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4572 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4573 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4574 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4575 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4576
e881cb56 4577Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
c609719b 4578has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
cdb74977 4579created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
c609719b
WD
4580until then to read environment variables.
4581
85ec0bcc
WD
4582The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4583is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4584with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4585necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4586"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4587have any device yet where we could complain.]
c609719b
WD
4588
4589Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4590the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
85ec0bcc 4591use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
c609719b 4592
6d0f6bcf 4593- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
42d1f039 4594 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
fc3e2165 4595
6d0f6bcf 4596 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
fc3e2165
WD
4597 also needs to be defined.
4598
6d0f6bcf 4599- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
42d1f039 4600 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
c609719b 4601
f5675aa5
RM
4602- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4603 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4604 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4605 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4606 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4607 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4608
b2b92f53
SG
4609- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4610 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4611 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4612 to do this.
4613
e2e3e2b1
SG
4614- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4615 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4616 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4617 present.
4618
feb85801
SS
4619- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4620 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4621 build system checks that the actual size does not
4622 exceed it.
4623
c609719b 4624Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
dc7c9a1a 4625---------------------------------------------------
c609719b 4626
6d0f6bcf 4627- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
c609719b
WD
4628 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4629
6d0f6bcf 4630- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
c609719b 4631 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
2535d602 4632
42d1f039
WD
4633 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4634 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4635 the IMMR register after a reset.
c609719b 4636
e46fedfe
TT
4637- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4638 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4639 PowerPC SOCs.
4640
4641- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4642 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4643 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4644
4645 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4646 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4647
4648- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4649 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4650 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
c0f40859 4651 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
e46fedfe
TT
4652 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4653 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4654 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4655
4656 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4657 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4658
4659- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4cf2609b
WD
4660 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4661 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
e46fedfe
TT
4662 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4663 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4664
4665- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4666 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4667 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4668 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4669
4670- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4671 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4672 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4673
7f6c2cbc 4674- Floppy Disk Support:
6d0f6bcf 4675 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
7f6c2cbc
WD
4676
4677 the default drive number (default value 0)
4678
6d0f6bcf 4679 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
7f6c2cbc 4680
11ccc33f 4681 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
7f6c2cbc
WD
4682 (default value 1)
4683
6d0f6bcf 4684 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
7f6c2cbc 4685
43d9616c
WD
4686 defines the offset of register from address. It
4687 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
11ccc33f 4688 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
7f6c2cbc 4689
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4690 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4691 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
43d9616c 4692 default value.
7f6c2cbc 4693
6d0f6bcf 4694 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
43d9616c
WD
4695 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4696 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4697 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4698 initializations.
7f6c2cbc 4699
0abddf82
ML
4700- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4701 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4702 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4703 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4704 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4705 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4706 is requierd.
4707
6d0f6bcf 4708- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
efe2a4d5 4709 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
25d6712a 4710 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
c609719b 4711
6d0f6bcf 4712- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
c609719b 4713
7152b1d0 4714 Start address of memory area that can be used for
c609719b
WD
4715 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4716 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4717 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4718 will become available only after programming the
4719 memory controller and running certain initialization
4720 sequences.
4721
4722 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4723 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4724 - MPC824X: data cache
4725 - PPC4xx: data cache
4726
6d0f6bcf 4727- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
c609719b
WD
4728
4729 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4730 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4731 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
c609719b 4732 data is located at the end of the available space
553f0982 4733 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4734 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4735 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4736 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
c609719b
WD
4737
4738 Note:
4739 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4740 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
6d0f6bcf 4741 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
c609719b
WD
4742 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4743 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4744
6d0f6bcf 4745- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
c609719b 4746
6d0f6bcf 4747- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
c609719b 4748
6d0f6bcf 4749- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
c609719b 4750
6d0f6bcf 4751- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
c609719b 4752
6d0f6bcf 4753- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
c609719b 4754
6d0f6bcf 4755- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
c609719b 4756
6d0f6bcf 4757- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
c609719b
WD
4758 SDRAM timing
4759
6d0f6bcf 4760- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
c609719b
WD
4761 periodic timer for refresh
4762
6d0f6bcf 4763- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
c609719b 4764
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4765- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4766 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4767 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4768 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4769 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4770
4771- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4772 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4773 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
c609719b
WD
4774 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4775
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4776- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4777 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
c609719b
WD
4778 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4779 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4780
6d0f6bcf 4781- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4782 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4783 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4784
6d0f6bcf 4785- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
b423d055
HS
4786 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4787 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4788
6d0f6bcf 4789- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
c609719b
WD
4790 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4791 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4792
6d0f6bcf 4793- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
c609719b
WD
4794 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4795 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4796 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4797
6d0f6bcf 4798- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
43d9616c
WD
4799 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4800 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4801 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4802 cpm_8260.h.
ea909b76 4803
6d0f6bcf
JCPV
4804- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4805 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4806 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4807 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4808 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4809 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4810 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4811 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
a47a12be 4812 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
5d232d0e 4813
9cacf4fc
DE
4814- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4815 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4816 required.
4817
69fd2d3b
AS
4818- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4819 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4820 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4821 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4822 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4823 by coreboot or similar.
4824
842033e6
GJ
4825- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4826 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4827
a09b9b68
KG
4828- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4829 Chip has SRIO or not
4830
4831- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4832 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4833
4834- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4835 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4836
c8b28152
LG
4837- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4838 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4839
a09b9b68
KG
4840- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4841 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4842
4843- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4844 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4845
4846- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4847 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4848
66bd1846
FE
4849- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4850 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4851 a 16 bit bus.
4852 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
a430e916 4853 Example of drivers that use it:
66bd1846 4854 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
a430e916 4855 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
eced4626
AW
4856
4857- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4858 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4859 a default value will be used.
4860
bb99ad6d 4861- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
218ca724
WD
4862 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4863 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4864
bb99ad6d
BW
4865 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4866 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4867
6d0f6bcf 4868- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
218ca724
WD
4869 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4870 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4871 to something your driver can deal with.
bb99ad6d 4872
1b3e3c4f
YS
4873- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4874 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4875 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4876 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4877 header files or board specific files.
4878
6f5e1dc5
YS
4879- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4880 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4881
6d0f6bcf 4882- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
218ca724
WD
4883 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4884 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
2ad6b513 4885
c26e454d
WD
4886- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4887 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4888
4889- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4890 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
6e592385
WD
4891 to the given FEC; i. e.
4892 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
c26e454d
WD
4893 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4894
4895 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4896
4897- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4898 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4899 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4900
4901- CONFIG_RMII
4902 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4903 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4904 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4905
5cf91d6b
WD
4906- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4907 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4908 The syntax is:
4909
4910 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4911
4912 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4913 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4914 area should have.
4915
56523f12
WD
4916- CONFIG_LOOPW
4917 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
602ad3b3 4918 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
56523f12 4919
7b466641
SR
4920- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4921 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4922 "md/mw" commands.
4923 Examples:
4924
efe2a4d5 4925 => mdc.b 10 4 500
7b466641
SR
4926 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4927
efe2a4d5 4928 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
7b466641
SR
4929 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4930
efe2a4d5 4931 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
602ad3b3 4932 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
7b466641 4933
8aa1a2d1 4934- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
afc1ce82 4935 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
844f07d8
WD
4936 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4937 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4938 relocate itself into RAM.
4939
4940 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4941 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4942 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4943 these initializations itself.
8aa1a2d1 4944
401bb30b 4945- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
df81238b
ML
4946 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4947 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4948 compiling a NAND SPL.
400558b5 4949
3aa29de0
YZ
4950- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4951 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4952 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4953 It is loaded by the SPL.
4954
5df572f0
YZ
4955- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4956 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4957 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4958 previous 4k of the .text section.
4959
4213fc29
SG
4960- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4961 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4962 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4963 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4964 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4965 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4966 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4967 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4968
d8834a13
MW
4969- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4970 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4971 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4972 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4973 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4974
588a13f7
SG
4975- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4976 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4977 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
b16f521a 4978
fc33705e
MJ
4979- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4980 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4981
4982 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
5b5ece9e 4983
16678eb4
HS
4984- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4985 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4986
999d7d32
KM
4987- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4988 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4989 driver that uses this:
4990 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4991
f2717b47
TT
4992Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4993-----------------------------------
4994
4995The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4996loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4997This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4998are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4999within that device.
5000
dcf1d774
ZQ
5001- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
5002 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
5003 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5004 is also specified.
5005
5006- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5007 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
f2717b47
TT
5008 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5009 is also specified.
5010
5011- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5012 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5013 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5014 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5015 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5016
5017- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5018 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5019 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5020 virtual address in NOR flash.
5021
5022- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5023 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5024 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5025
5026- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5027 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5028 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5029
5030- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5031 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5032 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5033
292dc6c5
LG
5034- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5035 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5036 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
fc54c7fa
LG
5037 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5038 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5039 master's memory space.
f2717b47 5040
b940ca64
GR
5041Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5042---------------------------------------------------------
5043The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5044"firmware".
5045This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5046are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5047within that device.
5048
5049- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5050 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5051
5052- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5053 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5054 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5055 is also specified.
5056
5057- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5058 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5059 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5060 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5061 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5062
5063- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5064 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5065 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5066 virtual address in NOR flash.
5067
c609719b
WD
5068Building the Software:
5069======================
5070
218ca724
WD
5071Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5072and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5073all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5074(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5075recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5076which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
c609719b 5077
218ca724
WD
5078If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5079have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5080you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5081Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5082necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
c609719b 5083
218ca724
WD
5084 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5085 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
c609719b 5086
2f8d396b
PT
5087Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5088 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5089 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5090 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5091
5092 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5093
5094 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5095 be executed on computers running Windows.
5096
218ca724
WD
5097U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5098sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
c609719b
WD
5099is done by typing:
5100
ab584d67 5101 make NAME_defconfig
c609719b 5102
ab584d67 5103where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4d675ae6 5104rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
db01a2ea 5105
2729af9d
WD
5106Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5107 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5108 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5109 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
11ccc33f 5110 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
2729af9d 5111
ab584d67 5112 make TQM823L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5113 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
5114
ab584d67 5115 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5116 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
5117
5118 etc.
5119
5120
5121Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5122images ready for download to / installation on your system:
5123
5124- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5125- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5126- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
5127
baf31249
MB
5128By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5129in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5130this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5131
51321. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5133
5134 make O=/tmp/build distclean
ab584d67 5135 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5136 make O=/tmp/build all
5137
adbba996 51382. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
baf31249 5139
adbba996 5140 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
baf31249 5141 make distclean
ab584d67 5142 make NAME_defconfig
baf31249
MB
5143 make all
5144
adbba996 5145Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
baf31249
MB
5146variable.
5147
2729af9d
WD
5148
5149Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5150for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5151native "make".
5152
5153
5154If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5155to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5156steps:
5157
51581. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4d675ae6
MJ
5159 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5160 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
2729af9d
WD
51612. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5162 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5163 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51643. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5165 your board
51663. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5167 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
ab584d67 51684. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
2729af9d
WD
51695. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5170 to be installed on your target system.
51716. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5172 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
5173
5174
5175Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5176==============================================================
5177
218ca724
WD
5178If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5179or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
2729af9d
WD
5180provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5181the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
218ca724 5182official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
2729af9d 5183
218ca724
WD
5184But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5185cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
2729af9d
WD
5186the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5187just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
218ca724
WD
5188for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5189select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5190environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5191you can type
2729af9d
WD
5192
5193 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5194
5195or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
5196
5197 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
5198
218ca724
WD
5199When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5200U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5201setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5202built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5203<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5204location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5205variable. For example:
baf31249
MB
5206
5207 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5208 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5209 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5210
218ca724
WD
5211With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5212log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5213during the whole build process.
baf31249
MB
5214
5215
2729af9d
WD
5216See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
5217
5218
5219Monitor Commands - Overview:
5220============================
5221
5222go - start application at address 'addr'
5223run - run commands in an environment variable
5224bootm - boot application image from memory
5225bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
44f074c7 5226bootz - boot zImage from memory
2729af9d
WD
5227tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5228 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5229 (and eventually "gatewayip")
1fb7cd49 5230tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
2729af9d
WD
5231rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5232diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5233loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5234loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5235md - memory display
5236mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5237nm - memory modify (constant address)
5238mw - memory write (fill)
5239cp - memory copy
5240cmp - memory compare
5241crc32 - checksum calculation
0f89c54b 5242i2c - I2C sub-system
2729af9d
WD
5243sspi - SPI utility commands
5244base - print or set address offset
5245printenv- print environment variables
5246setenv - set environment variables
5247saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5248protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5249erase - erase FLASH memory
5250flinfo - print FLASH memory information
10635afa 5251nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
2729af9d
WD
5252bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5253iminfo - print header information for application image
5254coninfo - print console devices and informations
5255ide - IDE sub-system
5256loop - infinite loop on address range
56523f12 5257loopw - infinite write loop on address range
2729af9d
WD
5258mtest - simple RAM test
5259icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5260dcache - enable or disable data cache
5261reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5262echo - echo args to console
5263version - print monitor version
5264help - print online help
5265? - alias for 'help'
5266
5267
5268Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5269========================================
5270
5271TODO.
5272
5273For now: just type "help <command>".
5274
5275
5276Environment Variables:
5277======================
5278
5279U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5280can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
c609719b 5281
2729af9d
WD
5282Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5283"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5284without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5285environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5286working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5287environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
c609719b 5288
c96f86ee
WD
5289Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5290
5291List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
c609719b 5292
2729af9d 5293 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
c609719b 5294
2729af9d 5295 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
c609719b 5296
2729af9d 5297 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4a6fd34b 5298
2729af9d 5299 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
c609719b 5300
2729af9d 5301 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
c609719b 5302
7d721e34
BS
5303 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5304 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5305 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5306 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5307 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5308 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
c3624e6e
GL
5309 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5310 bootm_mapsize.
5311
c0f40859 5312 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
c3624e6e
GL
5313 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5314 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5315 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5316 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5317 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5318 used otherwise.
7d721e34
BS
5319
5320 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5321 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5322 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5323 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5324 environment variable.
5325
4bae9090
BS
5326 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5327 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5328 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5329
2729af9d
WD
5330 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5331 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5332 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5333 load any image using TFTP
c609719b 5334
2729af9d
WD
5335 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5336 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5337 be automatically started (by internally calling
5338 "bootm")
38b99261 5339
2729af9d
WD
5340 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5341 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5342 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5343 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5344 data.
c609719b 5345
a28afca5
DL
5346 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5347 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
fa34f6b2
SG
5348 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5349 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5350 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5351 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5352 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5353 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5354 access it during the boot procedure.
5355
a28afca5
DL
5356 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5357 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5358 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5359 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5360 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5361 must be accessible by the kernel.
5362
eea63e05
SG
5363 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5364 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5365 defined.
5366
17ea1177
WD
5367 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5368 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5369 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5370 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5371 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5372
2729af9d
WD
5373 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5374 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5375 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5376 is usually what you want since it allows for
5377 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5378 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
6d0f6bcf 5379 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
2729af9d
WD
5380 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5381 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5382 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5383 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
c609719b 5384
2729af9d
WD
5385 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5386 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5387 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5388 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5389 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5390 12 MB as well - this can be done with
c609719b 5391
2729af9d 5392 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
c609719b 5393
2729af9d
WD
5394 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5395 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5396 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5397 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5398 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5399 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5400 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
c609719b 5401
2729af9d 5402 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
c609719b 5403
2729af9d
WD
5404 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5405 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
c609719b 5406
2729af9d 5407 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
a3d991bd 5408
2729af9d 5409 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
a3d991bd 5410
2729af9d 5411 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
a3d991bd 5412
2729af9d 5413 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
a3d991bd 5414
2729af9d 5415 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
c609719b 5416
e2a53458 5417 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
c609719b 5418
e2a53458
MF
5419 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5420 For example you can do the following
c609719b 5421
48690d80
HS
5422 => setenv ethact FEC
5423 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5424 => setenv ethact SCC
5425 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
c609719b 5426
e1692577
MF
5427 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5428 available network interfaces.
5429 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5430
c96f86ee 5431 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
2729af9d
WD
5432 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5433 When set to "once" the network operation will
5434 fail when all the available network interfaces
5435 are tried once without success.
5436 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5437 themselves.
c609719b 5438
b4e2f89d 5439 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
a1cf027a 5440
8d51aacd
SG
5441 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5442 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5443 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5444 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5445 is silent.
5446
28cb9375 5447 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
ecb0ccd9
WD
5448 UDP source port.
5449
28cb9375
WD
5450 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5451 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5452
c96f86ee
WD
5453 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5454 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5455
5456 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5457 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5458 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5459 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5460 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5461 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5462 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5463
5464 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
11ccc33f 5465 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
2729af9d 5466 VLAN tagged frames.
c609719b 5467
dc0b7b0e
JH
5468The following image location variables contain the location of images
5469used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5470not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5471variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5472server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5473loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5474flash or offset in NAND flash.
5475
5476*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5477boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5478boards use these variables for other purposes.
5479
c0f40859
WD
5480Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5481----- --------- ----------- --------------
5482u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5483Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5484device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5485ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
dc0b7b0e 5486
2729af9d
WD
5487The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5488updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5489depending the information provided by your boot server:
c609719b 5490
2729af9d
WD
5491 bootfile - see above
5492 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5493 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5494 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5495 hostname - Target hostname
5496 ipaddr - see above
5497 netmask - Subnet Mask
5498 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5499 serverip - see above
c1551ea8 5500
c1551ea8 5501
2729af9d 5502There are two special Environment Variables:
c1551ea8 5503
2729af9d
WD
5504 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5505 as type string and/or serial number
5506 ethaddr - Ethernet address
c609719b 5507
2729af9d
WD
5508These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5509the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5510once they have been set once.
c609719b 5511
f07771cc 5512
2729af9d 5513Further special Environment Variables:
f07771cc 5514
2729af9d
WD
5515 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5516 with the "version" command. This variable is
5517 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
f07771cc 5518
f07771cc 5519
2729af9d
WD
5520Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5521only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
f07771cc 5522
f07771cc 5523
170ab110
JH
5524Callback functions for environment variables:
5525---------------------------------------------
5526
5527For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5528when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5529be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5530deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5531effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5532
5533The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5534U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5535
5536These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5537static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5538in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5539associations. The list must be in the following format:
5540
5541 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5542 list = entry[,list]
5543
5544If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5545Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5546
5547Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5548with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5549override any association in the static list. You can define
5550CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5551".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5552
5553
2729af9d
WD
5554Command Line Parsing:
5555=====================
f07771cc 5556
2729af9d
WD
5557There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5558the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
c609719b 5559
2729af9d
WD
5560Old, simple command line parser:
5561--------------------------------
c609719b 5562
2729af9d
WD
5563- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5564- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
fe126d8b 5565- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
2729af9d
WD
5566- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5567 for example:
fe126d8b 5568 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
2729af9d
WD
5569- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5570 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
c609719b 5571
2729af9d
WD
5572Hush shell:
5573-----------
c609719b 5574
2729af9d
WD
5575- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5576 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5577 until...do...done, ...
5578- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5579 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5580 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5581 command
5582
5583General rules:
5584--------------
c609719b 5585
2729af9d
WD
5586(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5587 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5588 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5589 executed anyway.
c609719b 5590
2729af9d 5591(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
11ccc33f 5592 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
2729af9d
WD
5593 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5594 variables are not executed.
c609719b 5595
2729af9d
WD
5596Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5597=======================================
c609719b 5598
11ccc33f 5599Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
2729af9d
WD
5600such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5601"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
c609719b 5602
2729af9d
WD
5603Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5604MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5605"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
c609719b 5606
2729af9d
WD
5607If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5608in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5609ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5610variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
c609719b 5611
2729af9d
WD
5612o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5613 environment, the SROM's address is used.
c609719b 5614
2729af9d
WD
5615o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5616 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5617 used.
c609719b 5618
2729af9d
WD
5619o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5620 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
c609719b 5621
2729af9d
WD
5622o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5623 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5624 warning is printed.
c609719b 5625
2729af9d
WD
5626o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5627 is raised.
c609719b 5628
ecee9324 5629If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
c0f40859 5630will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
ecee9324
BW
5631may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5632The naming convention is as follows:
5633"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
c609719b 5634
2729af9d
WD
5635Image Formats:
5636==============
c609719b 5637
3310c549
MB
5638U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5639images in two formats:
5640
5641New uImage format (FIT)
5642-----------------------
5643
5644Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5645to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5646components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5647SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5648
5649
5650Old uImage format
5651-----------------
5652
5653Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5654preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5655details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
c609719b 5656
2729af9d
WD
5657* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5658 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
f5ed9e39
PT
5659 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5660 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5661 INTEGRITY).
7b64fef3 5662* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
afc1ce82
ML
5663 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5664 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
2729af9d
WD
5665* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5666* Load Address
5667* Entry Point
5668* Image Name
5669* Image Timestamp
c609719b 5670
2729af9d
WD
5671The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5672and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5673CRC32 checksums.
c609719b
WD
5674
5675
2729af9d
WD
5676Linux Support:
5677==============
c609719b 5678
2729af9d
WD
5679Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5680easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5681U-Boot.
c609719b 5682
2729af9d
WD
5683U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5684special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5685"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5686instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5687serves several purposes:
c609719b 5688
2729af9d
WD
5689- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5690 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5691 Flash memory footprint)
c609719b 5692
2729af9d
WD
5693- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5694 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
c609719b 5695
2729af9d
WD
5696- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5697 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5698 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5699 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5700 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5701 software is easier now.
c609719b 5702
c609719b 5703
2729af9d
WD
5704Linux HOWTO:
5705============
c609719b 5706
2729af9d
WD
5707Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5708---------------------------------------
c609719b 5709
2729af9d
WD
5710U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5711configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5712(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5713Linux :-).
c609719b 5714
a47a12be 5715But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
24ee89b9 5716
2729af9d
WD
5717Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5718include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
1dc30693
MH
5719Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5720and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
6d0f6bcf 5721as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
24ee89b9 5722
2eb31b13
SG
5723Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5724If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5725is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5726doc/driver-model.
5727
c609719b 5728
2729af9d
WD
5729Configuring the Linux kernel:
5730-----------------------------
c609719b 5731
2729af9d
WD
5732No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5733device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5734
5735
5736Building a Linux Image:
5737-----------------------
c609719b 5738
2729af9d
WD
5739With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5740not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5741"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5742U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5743which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5744100% compatible format.
5745
5746Example:
5747
ab584d67 5748 make TQM850L_defconfig
2729af9d
WD
5749 make oldconfig
5750 make dep
5751 make uImage
5752
5753The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5754encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5755CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5756
5757* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5758
5759* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5760
5761 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5762 -R .note -R .comment \
5763 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5764
5765* compress the binary image:
5766
5767 gzip -9 linux.bin
5768
5769* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5770
5771 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5772 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5773 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
c609719b 5774
c609719b 5775
2729af9d
WD
5776The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5777with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5778combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5779byte header containing information about target architecture,
5780operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5781stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5782
5783"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5784print the header information, or to build new images.
5785
5786In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5787contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5788checksum verification:
c609719b 5789
2729af9d
WD
5790 tools/mkimage -l image
5791 -l ==> list image header information
5792
5793The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5794from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5795
5796 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5797 -n name -d data_file image
5798 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5799 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5800 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5801 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5802 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5803 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5804 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5805 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5806
69459791
WD
5807Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5808address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5809kernel version:
2729af9d
WD
5810
5811- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5812- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5813
5814So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5815
5816 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5817 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5818 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
2729af9d
WD
5819 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5820 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5821 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5822 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5823 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5824 Load Address: 0x00000000
5825 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5826
5827To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5828
5829 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5830 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5831 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5832 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5833 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5834 Load Address: 0x00000000
5835 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5836
5837NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5838speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5839needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5840need to be uncompressed:
5841
a47a12be 5842 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
2729af9d
WD
5843 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5844 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
a47a12be 5845 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
2729af9d
WD
5846 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5847 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5848 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5849 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5850 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5851 Load Address: 0x00000000
5852 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5853
5854
5855Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5856when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5857
5858 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5859 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5860 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5861 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5862 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5863 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5864 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5865 Load Address: 0x00000000
5866 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5867
a804b5ce
GMF
5868The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5869option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5870option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5871from the image:
5872
5873 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5874 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5875 indexed by 'position'
5876
2729af9d
WD
5877
5878Installing a Linux Image:
5879-------------------------
5880
5881To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5882you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5883
5884 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5885
5886The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5887image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5888address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5889specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5890command.
5891
5892Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5893TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5894
5895 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5896
5897 .......... done
5898 Erased 8 sectors
5899
5900 => loads 40100000
5901 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5902 ~>examples/image.srec
5903 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5904 ...
5905 15989 15990 15991 15992
5906 [file transfer complete]
5907 [connected]
5908 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5909
5910
5911You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
218ca724 5912this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
2729af9d
WD
5913corruption happened:
5914
5915 => imi 40100000
5916
5917 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5918 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5919 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5920 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5921 Load Address: 00000000
5922 Entry Point: 0000000c
5923 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5924
5925
5926Boot Linux:
5927-----------
5928
5929The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5930memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5931of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5932parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5933"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5934
5935
5936 => printenv bootargs
5937 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5938
5939 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5940
5941 => printenv bootargs
5942 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5943
5944 => bootm 40020000
5945 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5946 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5947 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5948 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5949 Load Address: 00000000
5950 Entry Point: 0000000c
5951 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5952 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5953 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5954 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5955 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5956 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5957 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5958 ...
5959
11ccc33f 5960If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
2729af9d
WD
5961the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5962format!) to the "bootm" command:
5963
5964 => imi 40100000 40200000
5965
5966 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5967 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5968 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5969 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5970 Load Address: 00000000
5971 Entry Point: 0000000c
5972 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5973
5974 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5975 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5976 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5977 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5978 Load Address: 00000000
5979 Entry Point: 00000000
5980 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5981
5982 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5983 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5984 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5985 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5986 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5987 Load Address: 00000000
5988 Entry Point: 0000000c
5989 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5990 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5991 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5992 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5993 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5994 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5995 Load Address: 00000000
5996 Entry Point: 00000000
5997 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5998 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5999 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6000 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6001 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6002 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6003 ...
6004 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6005 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
6006
6007 bash#
6008
0267768e
MM
6009Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6010-----------
6011
6012First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6013titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6014following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6015flat device tree:
6016
6017=> print oftaddr
6018oftaddr=0x300000
6019=> print oft
6020oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6021=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6022Speed: 1000, full duplex
6023Using TSEC0 device
6024TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6025Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6026Load address: 0x300000
6027Loading: #
6028done
6029Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6030=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6031Speed: 1000, full duplex
6032Using TSEC0 device
6033TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6034Filename 'uImage'.
6035Load address: 0x200000
6036Loading:############
6037done
6038Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6039=> print loadaddr
6040loadaddr=200000
6041=> print oftaddr
6042oftaddr=0x300000
6043=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6044## Booting image at 00200000 ...
a9398e01
WD
6045 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6046 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6047 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
0267768e 6048 Load Address: 00000000
a9398e01 6049 Entry Point: 00000000
0267768e
MM
6050 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6051 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6052Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6053Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6054Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6055[snip]
6056
6057
2729af9d
WD
6058More About U-Boot Image Types:
6059------------------------------
6060
6061U-Boot supports the following image types:
6062
6063 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6064 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6065 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6066 the Standalone Program.
6067 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6068 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6069 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6070 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6071 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6072 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6073 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6074 being started.
6075 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6076 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6077 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6078 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6079 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6080 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
6081
6082 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6083 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6084 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6085 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6086 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6087 a multiple of 4 bytes).
6088
6089 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6090 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6091 flash memory.
6092
6093 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6094 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6095 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6096 as command interpreter.
6097
44f074c7
MV
6098Booting the Linux zImage:
6099-------------------------
6100
6101On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6102using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6103as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6104
8ac28563 6105Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
017e1f3f
MV
6106kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6107address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6108format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6109
2729af9d
WD
6110
6111Standalone HOWTO:
6112=================
6113
6114One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6115run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6116U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
6117
6118Two simple examples are included with the sources:
6119
6120"Hello World" Demo:
6121-------------------
6122
6123'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6124application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6125It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6126like that:
6127
6128 => loads
6129 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6130 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6131 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6132 [file transfer complete]
6133 [connected]
6134 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6135
6136 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6137 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6138 Hello World
6139 argc = 7
6140 argv[0] = "40004"
6141 argv[1] = "Hello"
6142 argv[2] = "World!"
6143 argv[3] = "This"
6144 argv[4] = "is"
6145 argv[5] = "a"
6146 argv[6] = "test."
6147 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6148 Hit any key to exit ...
6149
6150 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6151
6152Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6153handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6154Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6155The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6156character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6157controlled by the following keys:
6158
6159 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6160 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6161 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6162 q - quit application
6163
6164 => loads
6165 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6166 ~>examples/timer.srec
6167 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6168 [file transfer complete]
6169 [connected]
6170 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
6171
6172 => go 40004
6173 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6174 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6175 Using timer 1
6176 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
6177
6178Hit 'b':
6179 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6180 Enabling timer
6181Hit '?':
6182 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6183 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6184Hit '?':
6185 [q, b, e, ?] .
6186 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6187Hit '?':
6188 [q, b, e, ?] .
6189 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6190Hit '?':
6191 [q, b, e, ?] .
6192 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6193Hit 'e':
6194 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6195Hit 'q':
6196 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
6197
6198
6199Minicom warning:
6200================
6201
6202Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6203"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6204consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6205Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6206especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
e53515a2
KP
6207use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6208http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6209for help with kermit.
6210
2729af9d
WD
6211
6212Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6213configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
6214
6215 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6216 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6217 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
6218
6219
6220NetBSD Notes:
6221=============
6222
6223Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6224(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
6225
6226Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6227NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6228need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6229Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6230attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6231missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
6232
6233 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6234 # mkdir powerpc
6235 # ln -s powerpc machine
6236 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6237 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
6238
6239Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6240and U-Boot include files.
6241
6242Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6243stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6244proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6245tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
2a8af187 6246meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
2729af9d
WD
6247
6248
6249Implementation Internals:
6250=========================
6251
6252The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6253implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6254inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6255hardware.
6256
6257
6258Initial Stack, Global Data:
6259---------------------------
6260
6261The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6262starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6263system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6264This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6265is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6266at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6267options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6268models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6269MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6270locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
6271
218ca724 6272 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
0668236b 6273 U-Boot mailing list:
2729af9d
WD
6274
6275 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6276 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6277 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6278 ...
6279
6280 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6281 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6282 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6283 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6284 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
11ccc33f 6285 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
2729af9d
WD
6286 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6287 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
6288
6289 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6290 is another option for the system designer to use as an
11ccc33f 6291 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
2729af9d
WD
6292 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6293 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6294 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6295 used.
6296
6d0f6bcf 6297 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
2729af9d
WD
6298 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6299 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
8a316c9b 6300 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
2729af9d
WD
6301 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6302 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6303 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6304 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6305 you get the config right.
6306
6307 -Chris Hallinan
6308 DS4.COM, Inc.
6309
6310It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6311code for the initialization procedures:
6312
6313* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6314 to write it.
6315
11ccc33f 6316* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
2729af9d
WD
6317 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6318 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
6319
6320* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6321 that.
6322
6323Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6324normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6325turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6326simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6327functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6328functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6329the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6330place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6331reserve for this purpose.
6332
6333When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6334relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6335GCC's implementation.
6336
6337For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6338 R1: stack pointer
e7670f6c 6339 R2: reserved for system use
2729af9d
WD
6340 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6341 R5-R10: parameter passing
6342 R13: small data area pointer
6343 R30: GOT pointer
6344 R31: frame pointer
6345
e6bee808
JT
6346 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6347 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6348 going back and forth between asm and C)
2729af9d 6349
e7670f6c 6350 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
2729af9d
WD
6351
6352 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6353 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6354 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6355 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6356 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6357 624 text + 127 data).
6358
c4db335c 6359On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
4c58eb55
MF
6360 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6361
c4db335c 6362 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
4c58eb55 6363
2729af9d
WD
6364On ARM, the following registers are used:
6365
6366 R0: function argument word/integer result
6367 R1-R3: function argument word
12eba1b4
JH
6368 R9: platform specific
6369 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
2729af9d
WD
6370 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6371 R12: temporary workspace
6372 R13: stack pointer
6373 R14: link register
6374 R15: program counter
6375
12eba1b4
JH
6376 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6377
6378 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
2729af9d 6379
0df01fd3
TC
6380On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6381 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6382
6383 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6384
6385 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6386 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6387
afc1ce82
ML
6388On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6389
6390 R0-R1: argument/return
6391 R2-R5: argument
6392 R15: temporary register for assembler
6393 R16: trampoline register
6394 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6395 R29: global pointer (GP)
6396 R30: link register (LP)
6397 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6398 PC: program counter (PC)
6399
6400 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6401
d87080b7
WD
6402NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6403or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
2729af9d
WD
6404
6405Memory Management:
6406------------------
6407
6408U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6409MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
6410
6411The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6412controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6413memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6414physical memory banks.
6415
6416U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6417TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6418booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6419to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
6d0f6bcf 6420memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
2729af9d
WD
6421configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6422Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
6423
6424Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6425of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
6426
6427So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6428this:
6429
6430 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6431 :
6432 0x0000 1FFF
6433 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6434 :
6435 :
6436
6437 :
6438 :
6439 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6440 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6441 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6442 :
6443 0x00FD FFFF
6444 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6445 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6446 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6447 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
6448
6449
6450System Initialization:
6451----------------------
c609719b 6452
2729af9d 6453In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
11ccc33f 6454(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
2729af9d
WD
6455configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6456To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6457To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6458initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6459which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6460part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6461the caches and the SIU.
6462
6463Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6464preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6465(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6466on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6467programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6468simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6469banks.
6470
6471When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6472different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6473bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64740x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6475contiguous memory starting from 0.
6476
6477Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6478and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6479Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6480pages, and the final stack is set up.
6481
6482Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6483until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6484running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6485new address in RAM.
6486
6487
6488U-Boot Porting Guide:
6489----------------------
c609719b 6490
2729af9d
WD
6491[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6492list, October 2002]
c609719b
WD
6493
6494
6c3fef28 6495int main(int argc, char *argv[])
2729af9d
WD
6496{
6497 sighandler_t no_more_time;
c609719b 6498
6c3fef28
JVB
6499 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6500 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
c609719b 6501
2729af9d 6502 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
6c3fef28 6503 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
c609719b
WD
6504 return 0;
6505 }
6506
2729af9d
WD
6507 Download latest U-Boot source;
6508
0668236b 6509 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
2729af9d 6510
6c3fef28
JVB
6511 if (clueless)
6512 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
2729af9d
WD
6513
6514 while (learning) {
6515 Read the README file in the top level directory;
6c3fef28
JVB
6516 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6517 Read applicable doc/*.README;
2729af9d 6518 Read the source, Luke;
6c3fef28 6519 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
2729af9d
WD
6520 }
6521
6c3fef28
JVB
6522 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6523 Buy a BDI3000;
6524 else
2729af9d 6525 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
2729af9d 6526
6c3fef28
JVB
6527 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6528 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6529 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6530 } else {
6531 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6532 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6533 }
6534 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6535 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
6536
6537 while (!accepted) {
6538 while (!running) {
6539 do {
6540 Add / modify source code;
6541 } until (compiles);
6542 Debug;
6543 if (clueless)
6544 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6545 }
6546 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6547 if (reasonable critiques)
6548 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6549 else
6550 Defend code as written;
2729af9d 6551 }
2729af9d
WD
6552
6553 return 0;
6554}
6555
6556void no_more_time (int sig)
6557{
6558 hire_a_guru();
6559}
6560
c609719b 6561
2729af9d
WD
6562Coding Standards:
6563-----------------
c609719b 6564
2729af9d 6565All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
2c051651 6566coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
7ca9296e 6567"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
2c051651
DZ
6568
6569Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6570MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6571reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6572sources.
6573
6574Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6575Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6576in your code.
c609719b 6577
2729af9d
WD
6578Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6579- remove any trailing white space
7ca9296e 6580- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
2729af9d 6581- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
7ca9296e 6582- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
2729af9d 6583- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
180d3f74 6584
2729af9d
WD
6585Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6586with a request to reformat the changes.
c609719b
WD
6587
6588
2729af9d
WD
6589Submitting Patches:
6590-------------------
c609719b 6591
2729af9d
WD
6592Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6593establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6594may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
c609719b 6595
0d28f34b 6596Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
218ca724 6597
0668236b
WD
6598Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6599see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6600
2729af9d
WD
6601When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6602it:
c609719b 6603
2729af9d
WD
6604* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6605 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6606 patch actually fixes something.
c609719b 6607
2729af9d
WD
6608* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6609 implementation.
c609719b 6610
2729af9d 6611* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
c609719b 6612
2729af9d 6613* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
c609719b 6614
27af930e
AA
6615* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6616 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
c609719b 6617
2729af9d
WD
6618* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6619 document these in the README file.
c609719b 6620
218ca724
WD
6621* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6622 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
7ca9296e 6623 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
218ca724
WD
6624 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6625 with some other mail clients.
6626
6627 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6628 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6629 GNU diff.
c609719b 6630
218ca724
WD
6631 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6632 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6633 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6634 affected files).
6dff5529 6635
218ca724
WD
6636 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6637 and compressed attachments must not be used.
c609719b 6638
2729af9d
WD
6639* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6640 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
52f52c14 6641
2729af9d
WD
6642* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6643 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
8bde7f77 6644
52f52c14 6645
2729af9d 6646Notes:
c609719b 6647
2729af9d
WD
6648* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6649 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6650 for any of the boards.
c609719b 6651
2729af9d
WD
6652* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6653 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6654 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
c609719b 6655
2729af9d
WD
6656* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6657 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6658 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6659 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6660 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6661 modification.
90dc6704 6662
0668236b
WD
6663* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6664 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6665 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6666 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
This page took 1.617308 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.